{"title":"Candy Envy","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — \u003cstrong\u003e67 products\u003c\/strong\u003e in stock across candy \u0026amp; chocolate, snacks, mints, priced $55.31–$220.23 CAD. All Candy Envy orders ship free across Canada with no minimum order, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy appears in:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snacks\"\u003eSnacks\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mints\"\u003eMints\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gum-mints\"\u003eGum \u0026amp; Mints\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suckers-and-lollipops\"\u003eSuckers and Lollipops\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples in this range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Candy Envy Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — Cotton Candy Flavor, 36 Individually Wrapped; Candy Envy White Sugar Sticks — 100 Individually Wrapped Mini Rock Candy Drink Stirrers, 10g; Candy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks 36-Pack — Pink, Light Blue \u0026amp; Lavender, Individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eBrowse all brands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eBrowse all categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest sellers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"candy-envy-light-blue-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-cotton-candy-flavor-36-individually-wrapped-4-in-crystal-length","title":"Candy Envy Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — Cotton Candy Flavor, 36 Individually Wrapped, 4 in Crystal Length","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy's Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are cotton-candy–flavored crystal sticks, individually wrapped and sized for parties, drinks, and sweet cravings.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese nostalgic light-blue rock candy sticks pair crystalline crunch with a soft cotton candy flavor and arrive individually wrapped for easy distribution and long shelf life. Each stick features about 4 inches of hand-formed sugar crystals on a sturdy paper stick, totaling roughly 7 inches long and weighing about 22 grams. They work as edible stirrers, colorful table accents, or grab-and-go treats for birthdays, weddings, baby showers, and beverage bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these rock candy sticks different from regular lollipops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of a molded candy head, these sticks are coated in large sugar crystals formed by a controlled crystallization process, offering a crunchy, melt-in-the-mouth texture. The cotton candy flavor is infused through the sugar for consistent taste from tip to stick. Their length and weight give them a satisfying heft compared with tiny novelty sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 4\" of crystalized sugar per stick on a 7\" total length\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 22 grams each for a generous portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually clear-wrapped for hygiene and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight blue color and cotton candy flavor for themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these cotton candy rock candy sticks at an event?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re versatile: present them as table favors, include them in candy buffets, attach them to place cards, or use them as stirrers for hot and cold drinks. Their clear individual wrapping makes handling simple and sanitary for guests. The light blue tone coordinates easily with pastel décor and gender-reveal or baby-shower palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace them in glass jars or vases for instant centerpiece appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as drink stirrers to sweeten and decorate cocktails, tea, or coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in favor bags or tie to invitations with ribbon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with other colors for a layered candy buffet display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these rock candy sticks safe and shelf-stable for party planning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach stick is sealed in a clear wrapper to protect against moisture and contaminants, making them convenient to store ahead of your event. Kept in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, they remain crisp and flavorful for months. Because they are pure sugar with flavoring and coloring, treat them like other shelf-stable confections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and extended freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cupboard—avoid high humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life when unopened; use-by depends on storage conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear labeling on bulk packaging helps event planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will they perform when used in beverages or desserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crystal structure dissolves gradually when stirred into hot liquids and adds a decorative touch to cold drinks until it melts. They make a fun, edible stirrer for specialty coffees, tea, or craft cocktails and can be broken into chunks as an ice-cream or dessert garnish. Expect visual impact before they fully dissolve, enhancing presentations without leaving gritty residue if stirred well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlowly dissolves in hot drinks, adding sweetness and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShort-lived decorative element in cold beverages before dissolving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCan be crushed as an accent topping for baked goods or desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-melting outer wrapper keeps them hygienic until use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are ideal for hosts and event planners seeking nostalgic, visually appealing treats; beverage bars and cafés that want themed stirrers; parents organizing birthdays or baby showers; and anyone who enjoys a sizeable, cotton-candy–flavored sugar stick as a collectible-style confection. They’re especially useful when you need individually wrapped, ready-to-use favors that double as decorations and drink accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR, BLUE 1,TITANIUM DIOXIDE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long is each rock candy stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each stick measures about 7 inches total, with approximately 4 inches of crystallized sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these be used to sweeten hot drinks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—stirring these into hot beverages dissolves the crystals, adding sweetness and a light blue hue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001807392851,"sku":"B00OWIBJ6K","price":119.64,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-light-blue-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787173859"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-white-sugar-sticks-100-individually-wrapped-mini-rock-candy-drink-stirrers-10g","title":"Candy Envy White Sugar Sticks — 100 Individually Wrapped Mini Rock Candy Drink Stirrers, 10g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy White Café Sugar Sticks are 100 individually wrapped mini rock-candy stirrers that sweeten drinks and double as stylish drink garnishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact, crystalized sugar sticks are crafted for cafés, bartenders, event planners, and home entertainers who want a fuss-free way to sweeten coffee, tea, cocktails, and specialty beverages. Each stick contains approximately 10 grams of original sugar — about the same sweetness as 2½ sugar cubes — and arrives individually wrapped so they stay clean, portable, and perfect for single-serve use. Certified OU Kosher, the sticks combine convenience with a classic white crystalline look that suits a wide range of settings from minimalist cafés to elegant receptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these sugar sticks make drink service easier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMini rock candy sticks eliminate measuring and reduce handling compared with bulk sugar or loose packets. Staff or guests can stir and sweeten in one motion, minimizing spills and speeding up service during peak hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve 10 g sticks for consistent sweetness every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to maintain hygiene and portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrystal form that doubles as an attractive garnish when left in a glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these work well with hot and cold drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the sugar crystals dissolve readily in hot beverages and will sweeten cold drinks when stirred thoroughly. The sticks are designed to withstand typical beverage temperatures while maintaining their shape until fully dissolved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves quickly in hot coffee and tea\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStirs into iced beverages with a few rotations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable as a sweet accent in cocktails and mocktails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat quantity and certification should I expect for events or commercial use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack contains 100 mini rock candy sticks, making it an economical option for small venues, office kitchens, or event favors. The product’s OU Kosher certification provides an added assurance for kitchens and guests who seek certified dietary products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 individually wrapped white sticks per bulk pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach stick weighs about 10 grams (≈2½ sugar cubes equivalent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for broader acceptability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I present these sticks to guests or at events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re versatile for display: place them in a glass jar near the beverage station, tuck them into coffee service trays, or include them in welcome bags as elegant edible favors. Their clean white appearance complements most event palettes and branding styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe in clear jars or sugar bowls for a clean visual\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude as part of cocktail garnish stations for engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand out as take-home favors at weddings, parties, or conferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy White Café Sugar Sticks are ideal for café owners, bartenders, caterers, event planners, office managers, and hosts who want a hygienic, attractive, and consistent sweetener solution. They suit anyone seeking single-serve convenience, neat presentation, and kosher-certified sugar for everyday beverage service or special occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How sweet is each Candy Envy sugar stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 10 g stick equals about 2½ sugar cubes, delivering consistent sweetness per serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the sticks individually wrapped for hygiene?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — all 100 mini rock candy sticks arrive individually wrapped for sanitary, single-serve use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001877418067,"sku":"B07RQPHNZY","price":220.23,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-white-sugar-sticks.jpg?v=1787175802"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-mermaid-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-36-pack-pink-light-blue-lavender-individually-wrapped-in-reusable-tub","title":"Candy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks 36-Pack — Pink, Light Blue \u0026 Lavender, Individually Wrapped in Reusable Tub","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are colorful, individually wrapped 7\" sugar sticks in pink, light blue, and lavender—36 pieces stored in a reusable tub for parties and gifts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese mermaid-themed rock candy sticks combine playful color, sweet flavors, and convenient packaging to make party favors, drink stirrers, or small gifts easy and memorable. Each stick is sugarlized with about 4\" of crystalline candy attached to a wooden stick, weighs roughly 22 grams, and comes individually wrapped to keep them fresh until use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors are included in the 36-piece set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes three bright options: Light Blue (Cotton Candy), Lavender (Tutti Frutti), and Pink (Cherry). Flavors are matched to color and mixed evenly across the pack so you get variety for guests or party displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight Blue — cotton candy flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLavender — tutti frutti flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePink — cherry flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e36 individually wrapped sticks inside a reusable plastic tub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large are the rock candy sticks and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach rock candy stick measures approximately 7 inches from the bottom of the stick to the top of the crystal candy, with roughly 4 inches of sugarlized candy on the shaft. The sticks weigh about 22 grams each and arrive individually wrapped for hygiene and easy distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 7\" total length per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 4\" of crystal candy per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e~22 grams per stick for generous servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable storage tub for transport and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these mermaid rock candy sticks at an event?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks work as themed party favors, whimsical drink stirrers for cocktails or hot beverages, and colorful table decorations. Their individual wrapping and reusable tub make them practical for party prep, candy tables, or guest takeaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors and goodie bag additions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet stirrers for mixed drinks, tea, or hot chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecor items for mermaid, ocean, or pastel-themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to hand out individually at gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are ideal for parents planning mermaid or pastel-themed birthday parties, event planners creating colorful candy displays, baristas and bartenders seeking decorative stirrers, and anyone who wants individually wrapped novelty sweets for gifting or entertaining. The reusable tub and clear flavor\/color assortment make them practical for both single events and ongoing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, WATER, ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, ARTIFICIAL COLORS (FD\u0026amp;C BLUE 1, RED 3)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, all 36 rock candy sticks are individually wrapped and stored in a reusable tub for freshness and easy distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What flavors are included in the pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The set includes Light Blue (Cotton Candy), Lavender (Tutti Frutti), and Pink (Cherry) flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001884528723,"sku":"B07WN22LTF","price":121.98,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-mermaid-rock-candy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787175950"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-money-mints-spearmint-100-pack-2-mints-per-pack-individually-wrapped-novelty-100-bill-packs","title":"Candy Envy Money Mints spearmint 100-pack (2 mints per pack) — individually wrapped novelty $100 bill packs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Money Mints are spearmint-flavored, two-per-pack novelty mints sold in a set of 100 individually wrapped packs featuring a $100 bill design.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact, novelty mint packs combine a familiar spearmint taste with playful packaging that resembles currency, making them easy to hand out at events, trade shows, or inside businesses in the finance industry. Each slim pack contains two sugar mints sealed for freshness, so they’re convenient to tuck into pockets, display by a register, or include as a small giveaway that reinforces a money-themed message.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do Money Mints fit into promotions and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese packs are designed to work as low-cost, eye-catching giveaways that support branding or event themes related to finance, banking, lending, or incentives. Their novelty currency design draws attention while the individually wrapped format keeps them hygienic and portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 separate packs for broad distribution at events or counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo mints per pack for immediate handout or sample\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e$100 bill graphic on both front and back for a memorable visual cue\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpearmint flavor appeals to a wide audience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the practical details about size, packaging, and flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack is small and lightweight, sized to easily fit into wallets, suit pockets, or promotional envelopes. The mints are spearmint-flavored and individually wrapped in two-count packs to preserve flavor until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSet contains 100 two-mint packs (200 mints total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed two-pack wrappers for freshness and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpearmint flavor commonly described as crisp and refreshing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNovelty $100 bill imagery printed front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can businesses and individuals use these mints effectively?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoney Mints are versatile: use them at promotional tables, inside customer welcome packets, or as a playful closing item after meetings. Their theme ties naturally to financial messaging and can be paired with business cards, brochures, or thank-you notes for an integrated giveaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand out at trade shows, open houses, or bank branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in client welcome kits or closing gifts to reinforce a finance theme\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as table favors for seminars, workshops, or customer appreciation events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarry as a pocket-sized refreshment to offer colleagues or clients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Money Mints are ideal for bankers, mortgage lenders, financial advisors, event planners, and small businesses looking for a playful, budget-friendly promotional item tied to money and finance. They’re also suitable for anyone who wants an amusing, portable mint with hygienic, individually wrapped portions—perfect for bulk distribution or repeated use over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are included in the box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This set contains 100 packs with two spearmint mints in each pack, totaling 200 mints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the mints individually wrapped for hygiene?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the mints come in sealed two-count wrappers to keep them fresh and easy to distribute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002235506771,"sku":"B015JV122O","price":69.35,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-money-mints-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787184088"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-silver-gumballs-1-metallic-2-lb-bag-113-pieces-kosher-north-american-made","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer Silver Gumballs — 1\" Metallic 2 lb Bag (≈113 Pieces), Kosher \u0026 North American Made","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer Silver Gumballs are one-inch, metallic-look chewing gum spheres sold in a two-pound bag containing about 113 pieces — ideal for events, machines, and decorative candy displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bright, silver-finished gumballs combine eye-catching color with straightforward usability: they arrive unbranded, are made in North America, and carry COR Kosher certification. The one-inch size fits most tabletop gumball machines and candy jars, while the neutral metallic tone coordinates with weddings, corporate events, and themed parties looking for a polished, modern accent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these 1\" gumballs fit my gumball machine or dispenser?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe gumballs measure approximately one inch in diameter, a common size for many standard machines. Before ordering, check your machine's recommended gumball diameter to ensure smooth dispensing and avoid jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 1 inch (25 mm) diameter per gumball.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 113 pieces per two-pound bag, suitable for multiple refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended: verify your dispenser throat openings are sized for 1\" gumballs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these silver gumballs for events or décor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe neutral metallic finish works as a decorative element or edible accent at many events without overpowering color schemes. Use them as vase fillers, table scatter, buffet accents, or in clear jars for a clean, reflective centerpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill clear cylinders or apothecary jars for elegant centerpieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other candies or florals to match themes or color palettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDispense from machines at parties, trade shows, or retail counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs safe and suitable for dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer Silver Gumballs are COR Kosher certified and manufactured in North America, supporting common dietary preferences and supply-chain expectations. They come without printed logos on the gum, making them versatile for events that require neutral branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCOR Kosher certified for kosher-compliant events and catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in North America, meeting regional production standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo visible printing or imprint on each gumball for a clean look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gumballs will I get and how long will they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach 2 lb bag contains roughly 113 one-inch gumballs, which makes it easy to estimate coverage for displays or machine refills. The shelf life and longevity in use depend on storage conditions — keep sealed and in a cool, dry area to preserve texture and sheen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 113 gumballs per two-pound bag for planning quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening to retain freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Event planners, wedding coordinators, party hosts, retail operators, and venue managers who need a tasteful metallic candy accent will find these Candy Envy Shimmer Silver gumballs useful. They also suit business promotions and themed celebrations that call for a neutral, sophisticated confection. If you operate a gumball machine, organize special events, or want a decorative edible component for candy stations, these one-inch, unbranded, kosher-certified gumballs provide a reliable, visually appealing option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Gum Base (soy), Natural and Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Confectioner's Glaze, Carnauba Wax, Potassium Aluminum Silicate-Based Titanium Dioxide, Artificial Colors (including: Blue 1, Red 3), BHT (To maintain freshness)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in each bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each two-pound bag contains about 113 one-inch gumballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs kosher?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they carry COR Kosher certification and are North American made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002254446675,"sku":"B0DZ98DK64","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-shimmer-silver-front-bag.jpg?v=1787184644"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-its-a-girl-buttermints-13-oz-bag-100-individually-wrapped-baby-shower-party-favors","title":"Candy Envy It's A Girl Buttermints - 13 oz Bag, 100 Individually Wrapped Baby Shower Party Favors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy It's A Girl Buttermints are a 13-ounce bag of about 100 individually wrapped, melt-in-your-mouth mints decorated with \"It's A Girl\" wrappers—ideal for baby showers, gender reveals, and party favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese small, classic buttermints combine a smooth, creamy center and a delicate outer shell, packaged individually to keep them fresh and gift-ready. The wrappers read \"It's A Girl,\" making them an instant match for pink-themed celebrations or any event welcoming a baby girl. The bag size and count make them convenient for large gatherings, favor bags, or tabletop displays, while the familiar buttermint texture gives a nostalgic, crowd-pleasing treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these buttermints work as baby shower favors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually wrapped mints simplify portioning and presentation, letting you fill favor boxes, jars, or candy buffet stations without extra packaging steps. Their small size makes them easy to mix with other candies or distribute on place settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 mints per 13 oz bag—enough for medium-sized events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped with \"It's A Girl\" text for themed cohesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, lightweight, and easy to stash in favor bags or jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these mints taste and feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe buttermints offer a creamy, buttery center with a thin outer shell that dissolves on the tongue, producing a smooth, mildly sweet finish. They are similar in texture to traditional wedding or dinner mints, making them familiar and widely liked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild sweetness with a creamy, melt-in-your-mouth texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThin, crisp outer shell that dissolves quickly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for guests who prefer light, classic confections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I display and serve these mints at my party?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse clear jars, apothecary containers, or small bowls to create an inviting candy station; the wrapped design keeps the display hygienic and tidy. Alternately, tuck a few into favor boxes or attach them to place cards for a charming finishing touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill glass jars or candy dishes for an attractive buffet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace 3–5 mints per favor bag or box for guest takeaway\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with other pink or pastel sweets for a coordinated look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there storage or handling tips for best freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. Once opened, reseal or transfer to an airtight container to prevent the mints from becoming sticky or absorbing odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry environment—avoid heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the bag or use an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid strong-smelling storage areas to preserve mint flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy It's A Girl Buttermints are aimed at hosts planning baby showers, gender-reveal parties, christenings, or any celebration welcoming a baby girl. They suit event planners, parents-to-be, and anyone wanting a neat, recognizable favor that’s simple to present and pleasant for a wide range of tastes. If you want an affordable, themed confection that’s ready to display or portion out, these individually wrapped buttermints offer a classic option that keeps preparations quick and the table looking polished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in the 13 oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 100 individually wrapped buttermints are included in the 13-ounce bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these buttermints suitable for a baby shower?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—each mint is wrapped with “It's A Girl,” making them ideal for baby showers and gender reveals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002259820627,"sku":"B093KBKGY5","price":70.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-its-a-girl-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787184816"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-light-blue-gumballs-1-inch-2-lb-113ct-kosher-machine-ready","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer Light Blue Gumballs 1 Inch — 2 lb (≈113ct), Kosher, Machine-Ready","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer Light Blue Gumballs are one-inch, machine-ready gum balls sold in a 2 lb bag (about 113 pieces) for party displays, gumball machines, and themed events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese shimmering light blue gumballs combine a bright, metallic-tinged finish with consistent size and Kosher certification, packaged by Candy Envy for bulk use. They’re designed to work in standard gumball machines and to coordinate with blue-themed dessert tables, gender-reveal parties, baby showers, weddings, corporate events, and home candy buffets. Made in North America, the gumballs offer dependable color and a uniform round shape for easy filling, display, or gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these gumballs fit into gumball machines and dispensers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gumballs measure approximately 1 inch in diameter, which matches the opening and coin-dispensing sizes on most standard machines. Their uniform roundness helps prevent jams and allows smooth dispensing during heavy use. They’re also simple to pour into bulk candy jars and tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 1 inch diameter — compatible with common machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 113 gumballs per 2 lb bag for predictable refills\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform round shape reduces sticking and jamming\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to scoop or pour into jars and favor boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat events and décor styles benefit from the shimmer light blue color?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft, pearlescent light blue works well wherever a cool, celebratory accent is needed. It pairs naturally with whites, silvers, navy, and pastel palettes for coordinated dessert tables, party favors, and centerpieces. The shimmer finish adds depth under event lighting and photographs well for social posts and event recaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for baby showers and \"it's a boy\" themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with weddings and engagement celebrations featuring blue accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for gender-reveal candy tables and coordinated party displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for corporate events using brand-blue palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs food-safe and suitable for gifting or serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Candy Envy ships these gumballs from North America and they are Kosher certified, meeting common food-safety expectations for confections. The sealed 2 lb bag protects freshness for storage and transport, and the consistent size makes portioning into favor bags or containers simple and reliable. Always follow local food-handling guidance when serving at events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in North America with Kosher certification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed 2 lb packaging for storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size simplifies portion control for favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntended for display, filling machines, and decorative serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I plan quantity and presentation for a candy buffet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimate about 1–2 ounces of candy per guest for a balanced buffet; a 2 lb bag holds roughly 113 gumballs and is a good single-station supply for small gatherings. Combine with different textures and heights—glass jars, scoops, and labels—to create visual interest and an easy self-serve setup. Reserve extra bags for refills during longer events or for multiple stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse one 2 lb bag for a small candy station (approx. 113 pieces)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan 1–2 ounces of candy per guest as a baseline\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with varied jars, scoops, and candies for visual contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep spare bags on hand for refills or multiple stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Event planners, parents hosting showers or birthdays, small-business owners with gumball machines, and anyone creating a themed candy display will find Candy Envy’s Shimmer Light Blue Gumballs useful. Choose this 2 lb bulk bag when you want a machine-ready, visually striking light blue candy option that’s easy to portion, attractive under lights, and Kosher certified for broader guest acceptance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures summary:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy buffets, bulk orders, and themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 1 inch size — gumball machine ready\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmer light blue finish for decorative impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified and made in North America\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 113 pieces per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2 lb bag contains approximately 113 one-inch gumballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will these fit my standard gumball machine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the gumballs are about 1 inch in diameter and are compatible with most standard machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002275123283,"sku":"B01MR3KAXA","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-shimmer-light-blue.jpg?v=1787185317"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-pink-gumballs-1-inch-2-lb-bag-113-pieces-strawberry-flavor-kosher","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer Pink Gumballs 1-Inch — 2 lb Bag (≈113 Pieces), Strawberry Flavor \u0026 Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer Pink Gumballs are 1-inch strawberry-flavored gumballs sold in 2 lb bags containing approximately 113 shiny pink pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Candy Envy Shimmer Pink Gumballs combine a glossy, pearlized finish with a familiar strawberry chew. Packaged in convenient 2-pound bags, each contains roughly 113 one-inch gumballs that are made in North America and COR Kosher-certified. The gumballs are plain—free of printed logos—making them ideal for displays, party favors, candy buffets, and bulk-snacking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these gumballs taste and look like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor profile is a straightforward strawberry chew with a sweet, fruity center and a firm outer shell that yields to a softer gum. The exterior has a pearlescent shimmer that gives each gumball a polished, candy-shop appearance without any printed branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry-flavored center with a classic bubblegum texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1-inch diameter for consistent portion size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmer finish for an eye-catching presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo logos or printed designs on individual pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gumballs come in one bag and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains approximately 113 gumballs, based on the 2-pound net weight and the 1-inch size of each piece. They arrive sealed in a retail-ready bag to preserve freshness and simplify storage and display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 113 pieces per 2 lb bag (counts may vary slightly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed bag to help maintain texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-flavor bag for easy portioning and refills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs made to any special standards?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Candy Envy Shimmer Pink Gumballs are produced in North America and carry COR Kosher certification. That certification helps shoppers who require Kosher products identify this candy as meeting COR standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in North America for consistent production quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCOR Kosher-certified for Kosher dietary preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlain finish—no added branding—suitable for themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these gumballs for events and retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gumballs work well for weddings, baby showers, candy buffets, corporate events, and retail scoops. Their uniform size and shimmer provide a coordinated look when mixed with other candies or displayed alone in clear bowls and jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, party favors, and bulk retail jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform 1-inch size makes counting and portioning simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmered pink color fits themed décor and bridal palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Shimmer Pink Gumballs are suited to event planners, bakers, retail candy shops, and families who want a large, visually appealing strawberry-flavored gumball supply. If you need Kosher-certified candy made in North America with a polished finish and no printed logos—whether for entertaining, resale, or casual snacking—this 2 lb bag is designed to meet those needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct: 1 bag of Shimmer Pink 1-inch gumballs — 2 lbs (approx. 113 gumballs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: Strawberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: COR Kosher-certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrigin: North American-made\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppearance: No branding or printing on the gumballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomer care: Candy Envy offers support if you are unsatisfied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in a 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 113 one-inch gumballs per 2 lb bag; actual counts can vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs Kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are COR Kosher-certified and manufactured in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002275418195,"sku":"B01MT6MQ7B","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-shimmer-pink-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185343"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-gold-gumballs-1-in-2-lb-bag-approx-113-metallic-tutti-frutti","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer Gold Gumballs - 1 in, 2 lb Bag (Approx. 113) Metallic Tutti‑Frutti","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer Gold Gumballs are 1-inch, tutti-frutti flavored, gold-coated chewing gum sold in 2 lb bags (about 113 pieces) made in North America and COR kosher certified.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese eye-catching metallic gumballs combine bright, festive presentation with a familiar tutti-frutti chew. Packaged in bulk for events, retail displays, or candy buffets, each bag contains roughly 113 uniform 1-inch spheres that are unbranded and ideal for decoration, gifting, or candy stations. The shimmer finish gives a luxe look while keeping the classic gumball experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these gumballs perform at parties and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metallic finish instantly elevates any candy table or dessert display without extra wrapping. Their uniform size and shine make them easy to mix with other candies or use as focal pieces in centerpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use 2 lb bags — simple bulk serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmer gold coating for visual impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent 1-inch size for neat displays and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo printing on the candy — clean, elegant look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture should I expect when chewing one?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach gumball delivers a tutti-frutti fruit blend flavor with a classic rubbery gum texture that softens as you chew. They’re designed for familiar gumball mouthfeel rather than long-lasting functional gum performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTutti-frutti fruit flavor profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard gumball chew — softens with time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform coating that maintains color and shimmer while chewing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs suitable for retail, catering, or homemade favors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the bulk 2 lb packaging and lack of branding make them versatile for resale, candy bars, wedding favors, and DIY projects. Their kosher certification and North American manufacturing support food-service requirements and consumer preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCOR kosher-certified for broader customer acceptance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNorth American-made ingredients and production\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnbranded surface for custom labeling or presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity sized for small retail displays or multiple event stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these gumballs to keep the finish looking great?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve the shimmer coating and prevent stickiness. For serving, use dry scoops, bowls, or individual favor bags to maintain hygiene and presentation quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed in original bag until use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid humid or hot storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse dry serving utensils to prevent surface damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion into clear favor bags or glass bowls for best visual effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Shimmer Gold Gumballs are ideal for event planners, party hosts, candy retailers, bakers, and DIY gift makers who want a bright, uniform, and kosher-certified display candy. If you need bulk, visually striking gumballs for weddings, corporate events, candy buffets, or retail shelves that present cleanly and mix well with other confections, this 2 lb bag delivers an attractive, ready-to-use solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in a 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 2 lb bag contains approximately 113 one-inch gumballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are COR kosher-certified and manufactured in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002277220435,"sku":"B01N1ZW85O","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-shimmer-gold-gumballs.jpg?v=1787185442"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-white-gumballs-1-inch-2-lb-bag-113-pieces-glossy-kosher-certified","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer White Gumballs 1 Inch — 2 lb Bag (≈113 Pieces), Glossy Kosher-Certified","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer White Gumballs are 1-inch, glossy white chewing gumballs sold in a 2 lb bag containing about 113 pieces — kosher certified and made in North America for candy displays, events, and bulk gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need uniform, eye-catching white gumballs for weddings, retail jars, party favors, or confectionery displays, these Candy Envy shimmer white gumballs deliver consistent size, color, and a polished finish. The 1-inch diameter gives a classic gumball look and a satisfying chew, while the bulk 2-pound bag offers enough pieces for medium-sized events or refillable dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these white gumballs enhance my event or display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShimmer white gumballs create a clean, elegant visual anchor in candy buffets, centerpieces, or countertop jars. Their neutral hue complements most color palettes and provides contrast when mixed with colored candies or floral decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform 1-inch size for tidy, consistent displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlossy shimmer finish adds subtle shine under lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 2 lb bag supplies approximately 113 gumballs for large bowls or multiple favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite color pairs easily with themed accents or signage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the product specifics and certifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains roughly 113 gumballs at about 1 inch in diameter. These gumballs are produced in North America and carry kosher certification, making them suitable for a wide range of retail and event uses where regional sourcing and dietary credentials matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: approximately 1 inch (25 mm) diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCount: about 113 gumballs per 2 lb (907 g) bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrigin: manufactured in North America\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and store these gumballs for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve color and texture. For presentation, use glass jars, apothecary containers, or individual favor boxes; for long-term storage, reseal tightly or transfer to an airtight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy dispensers, buffet jars, and wedding favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and humidity to prevent stickiness or melting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers after opening to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with colored sweets for contrast or keep solo for minimalist styling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs suitable for retail or resale packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — their consistent size and neutral color make them a reliable choice for retailers, event planners, and confectionery businesses. The kosher certification and North American production can be highlighted on product pages and packaging to appeal to specific customer concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent dimensions support portioning and pricing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certification adds confidence for dietary-restricted buyers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk bag format reduces repackaging time for small businesses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral white works across multiple seasonal or themed displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Shimmer White Gumballs are suited for event planners, retailers, candy shop owners, wedding coordinators, and anyone arranging candy buffets or decorative displays. Choose this 2 lb bag when you want a polished, neutral gumball with kosher certification and North American manufacturing for reassuring sourcing and consistent presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in a 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 113 one-inch gumballs per 2 lb bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are kosher certified and manufactured in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002287312979,"sku":"B01N6OEN72","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185529"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-2-lb-bulk-bag-silver-foil-soft-chewy-pieces","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Silver Foil, Soft Chewy Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels are soft, chewy caramels packaged in shiny silver wrappers and sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with approximately 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine classic creamy flavor with the convenience of individual wrapping, making them easy to share, display, or portion for events and everyday snacking. Each piece is soft and pliable when at room temperature, and the silver foil gives a festive, polished look that works well for candy dishes, party favors, holiday décor, or countertop sales. The bag is filled by weight, so counts are approximate, and the actual caramel color is a warm caramel brown—different from the wrapper’s metallic sheen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these caramels hold up at events or in candy displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually wrapped caramels keep their texture and presentation longer than unwrapped sweets, and the shiny silver wrapper gives an upscale, cohesive appearance in bowls or favor bags. The wrappers help prevent sticking and make it simple for guests to take one at a time without touching other pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComes in a 2-pound bag with roughly 150 individually wrapped pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShiny silver foil creates a uniform, attractive display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapped pieces resist sticking and handle moisture better than unwrapped candy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these caramels soft right out of the bag and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe caramels are formulated to be soft at ambient room temperature; in cold conditions they can firm up and should be allowed to warm to room temperature before serving. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors to preserve flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf stored cold, let pieces sit at room temperature briefly before serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep the bag sealed to prevent drying or absorbing other smells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid refrigeration to maintain intended softness unless climate requires it temporarily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat quantities and packaging details should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is sold as a 2-pound bag filled by weight with about 150 individually wrapped caramels; counts can vary slightly due to production tolerances. Because filling is by weight, some bags may contain a few more or fewer pieces while still meeting the 2-pound net weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 2 pounds (filled by weight).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate piece count: 150, variable by batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSilver wrappers only indicate presentation; caramel interior is a natural brown color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these caramels be used for gifting, crafting, or baking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped format makes these caramels versatile for many uses: they’re ideal for stuffing party favors, lining gift baskets, or as table treats. While suitable for candy displays and gifting, unwrapping is required for baking or recipes that need direct caramel contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for wedding favors, holiday stockings, and candy buffets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse wrapped pieces for decor; unwrap before incorporating into recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging supports event planning and retail resale in small portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels are a practical choice for hosts, event planners, small retailers, and anyone who wants a convenient, attractive bulk candy option. If you need a crowd-pleasing confection that looks polished on display and is easy to portion or hand out, these silver-wrapped caramels deliver soft texture and classic caramel flavor in a buyer-friendly 2-pound format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicious caramels adorned with a beautiful silver wrapper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft caramels — allow to acclimate to room temperature if stored cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-pound bag filled by weight, approximately 150 pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramel interior is a warm brown; wrapper color is decorative only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy Envy customer support: if you’re not satisfied, contact us for resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels are in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 150 pieces per 2-pound bag; counts vary slightly because bags are filled by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the caramels soft straight from the bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes at room temperature; if cold, allow them to warm to room temperature to regain softness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002290982995,"sku":"B087N9XN9K","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candyenvy-front-of-bag-silver-wrapped-caramels.jpg?v=1787185633"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-gold-caramels-2-lb-bulk-bag-150-soft-chews","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Gold Caramels - 2 lb Bulk Bag, ~150 Soft Chews","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy individually wrapped gold caramels are soft, bite-sized chews sold in a 2‑pound bulk bag with about 150 pieces, each wrapped in a shiny gold foil.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine a classic, creamy texture with bright gold wrappers that make them ideal for catering, gift jars, parties, or countertop displays. Packaged by weight, the 2‑pound bag keeps treats protected and ready to hand out. The wrappers add a festive look without reflecting the caramel’s true color—please allow the candies to reach room temperature if stored cold to restore softness and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these caramels fit into party or event planning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey work well as table treats, favors, or bulk candy for a dessert buffet because the shiny wrappers give an instant polished appearance. The individually wrapped format makes distribution and hygiene easier at gatherings of all sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 pieces in a 2‑pound bag for easy portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGold wrappers create an upscale, coordinated visual for tables or favor bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for convenient, sanitary handing out to guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft texture once acclimated to room temperature for immediate tasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about storage and serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the caramels in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. If the bag has been kept in a cold environment, let the sealed candies sit at room temperature for at least 30–60 minutes before serving so they soften to the expected chew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a pantry or cupboard away from heat sources and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow time to warm to room temperature if refrigerated or shipped in cold weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest served as individual bites for taste testing or placed in bowls for self‑service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are in the 2‑pound bag and what about sizing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is filled by weight and contains roughly 150 individually wrapped caramels, though counts can vary slightly due to natural production tolerances. The candies are small, soft caramels suitable for quick treats, favors, or for topping dessert stations without dominating the spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight: 2 pounds per bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 pieces — count may vary slightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces are uniform for consistent presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these caramels suitable for retail displays or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the gold wrappers create an attractive shelf presence and make the candies ideal for gift jars, candy buffets, and retail bulk bins. Because they are pre-wrapped, they eliminate the need for extra bagging or wrapping for favors or retail sales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGold foil increases perceived value for gifts and displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for resale or bulk presentation without repackaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in clear jars, dish bowls, and packaged gift mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy gold‑wrapped caramels are designed for event planners, small business owners, hosts, and anyone who wants a polished, easy-to-serve sweet. They’re especially useful for weddings, office events, candy buffets, retail bulk displays, and DIY gift projects where appearance and convenience matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicious caramels adorned with a beautiful gold wrapper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft Caramels - Please allow to acclimate to ambient room temperature, especially if you are in a cold climate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 Pound Bag - Filled by weight, with 150 Pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramels are caramel color - Note that the outside wrapper does not represent the color of the actual caramel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy is supposed to be FUN! If for any reason you are unsatisfied, let us know and we will take care of it right away!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2‑pound bag contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels; exact counts may vary slightly by production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the caramels soft right out of the bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: If stored cold, allow them 30–60 minutes at room temperature to soften; otherwise they should be soft and ready to eat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002291408979,"sku":"B087N4W1LK","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-gold-carame_ls.jpg?v=1787185661"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-spring-gumballs-1-inch-pastel-pearlescent-2-lb-113-kosher-certified","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer Spring Gumballs — 1-Inch Pastel Pearlescent, 2 lb (≈113) Kosher-Certified","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShimmer Spring Gumballs are 1-inch pastel-coated chewing balls sold in a 2 lb bag (about 113 pieces), Kosher-certified and made in North America for candy displays, events, and bulk snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Candy Envy Shimmer Spring Gumballs combine glossy pastel finishes with assorted flavors in a no-print, unbranded format ideal for candy buffets, party favors, and retail jars. Each 2-pound bag contains roughly 113 uniformly sized 1-inch gumballs, offering bright seasonal colors and a subtle pearlescent sheen that elevates presentation without distracting logos. The product is COR Kosher certified and manufactured in North America, making it suitable for a wide range of customers and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors are included in the Shimmer Spring mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag features assorted flavors across a spring color palette; exact flavor ratios vary by batch. Expect an assortment of fruity profiles matched to pastel shades and a light shimmering finish for visual appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit-inspired flavors (variation by production run)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePastel hues: soft pinks, greens, yellows, lavenders, and blues\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle pearlescent coating for a springtime look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo printed logos or text on each gumball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gumballs come in a 2 lb bag and what size are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains approximately 113 gumballs, with each piece measuring about 1 inch in diameter. The uniform size makes portioning easier for favors, jars, or baked-goods decoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 113 gumballs per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach gumball is roughly 1 inch (25 mm) across\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent sizing for even weight and visual balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging designed for event and retail use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product certified and where is it made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Shimmer Spring Gumballs are COR Kosher certified and produced in North America. This combination supports customers seeking regionally made confectionery with recognized dietary certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCOR Kosher certification for dietary assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in North America for quality control and supply reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged without individual gumball branding to suit themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk-ready 2 lb bags for easy storage and setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these gumballs for events and retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gumballs are built for visual impact and simple service. Their pastel shimmer and uniform round shape make them versatile for candy tables, centerpieces, favor bags, and merchandising jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy buffets and dessert tables for weddings, showers, and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear jars or scoops in retail candy counters for an eye-catching display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk party favors, gift bag fillers, and themed decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy portion control—use counts or small scoops per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Shimmer Spring Gumballs are designed for event planners, retailers, and home hosts who need attractive, ready-to-display bulk candy with consistent sizing and Kosher certification. They work well for seasonal decor, confectionery merchandising, or anyone arranging coordinated pastel-themed setups. If you want a visually cohesive, unbranded candy option made in North America and suited to a range of dietary observances, this 2 lb bag offers a convenient and decorative solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in one 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 2 lb bag contains approximately 113 one-inch gumballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs Kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are COR Kosher certified and manufactured in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002297307219,"sku":"B06Y63K21X","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-shimmer-spring-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185783"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-royal-blue-gumballs-1-inch-2-lb-113-pcs-blueberry-flavor-kosher-certified","title":"Candy Envy Royal Blue Gumballs 1-Inch — 2 lb (≈113 pcs), Blueberry Flavor, Kosher Certified","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Royal Blue Gumballs are 1-inch, blueberry-flavored, kosher-certified gum sold in 2 lb bags containing about 113 pieces for bulk events, retail displays, or candy lovers.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vivid royal blue gumballs combine a consistent 1-inch size with a classic chewing-gum center and a smooth, glossy shell. Made in North America and COR kosher-certified, they come unbranded and unprinted so you can use them for party favors, vending, candy buffets, or confectionery displays. The two-pound bag gives a predictable quantity—approximately 113 gumballs—making planning and portioning straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy comes in each bag and what size are the gumballs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach sealed bag contains roughly 2 pounds of gumballs, amounting to about 113 pieces depending on packing variance. The gumballs measure one inch in diameter, which is a standard size for bulk gumballs and easy to portion for single-serve use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity: ~113 gumballs per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: 1 inch (25 mm) diameter each\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: sealed, food-safe bag for bulk storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and ingredients can I expect from these Royal Blue gumballs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Candy Envy Royal Blue gumballs are blueberry-flavored with a chewy gum center and a sweet, colored outer shell. They are produced in North America under food-safety standards and carry COR kosher certification; ingredient lists and allergen details are printed on the retail packaging for transparency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor profile: blueberry-flavored candy shell and gum center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in North America under regulated food production\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCOR kosher certification included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these gumballs be used for events, vending, or retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the uniform size and solid royal blue color make them versatile for candy buffets, party favors, store displays, and coin-operated gumball machines. Because they are unbranded and unprinted, they provide a clean, consistent look and can complement themed decor or product assortments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvent-ready: ideal for weddings, birthdays, and themed parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVending: 1-inch size fits most standard gumball machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetail merchandising: consistent color for coordinated displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these gumballs and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve color and texture. When kept in a proper environment, the gumballs maintain quality for months; check the bag for any printed best-by information for specific shelf-life guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry, and dark location recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck bag labeling for manufacturer best-by date\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Royal Blue 1-inch gumballs are aimed at event planners, small-business owners, concession operators, and anyone needing attractive, bulk candy in a reliable size and color. They suit customers seeking North American-made, kosher-certified options with a consistent appearance and straightforward portioning—perfect for themed events, retail shelves, or machine vending where uniformity and visual impact matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs kosher-certified?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Candy Envy Royal Blue gumballs are COR kosher-certified and labeled accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will these fit a standard gumball machine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The gumballs are 1 inch in diameter and fit most standard 1-inch gumball machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002342035539,"sku":"B07DV5GXNP","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-royal-blue-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787186800"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-24-pack-light-blue-light-pink-cotton-candy-cherry-flavors-individually-wrapped","title":"Candy Envy Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — 24-Pack Light Blue \u0026 Light Pink, Cotton Candy \u0026 Cherry Flavors, Individually Wrapped","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Light Blue and Light Pink Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are individually wrapped, 7-inch flavored sugar sticks—24-count, cotton candy (blue) and cherry (pink) for parties, drinks, and sweet treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese colorful rock candy sticks combine playful pastel shades with full-flavor sweets: a light blue cotton candy and a light pink cherry variety. Each stick is sugarlized along the handle and holds about 4 inches of crystalline candy for a satisfying crunchy chew. At roughly 22 grams apiece and individually wrapped, they’re easy to portion, distribute, or use as cocktail stirrers, party favors, or gift add-ins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long are the Candy Envy rock candy sticks and what does each include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sticks measure approximately 7 inches from base to candy tip, with about 4 inches of actual rock sugar on the handle. Each stick weighs around 22 grams, giving a generous, lasting sweet bite rather than a tiny decoration. Packaging keeps them fresh and sanitary until you’re ready to use them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length: ~7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrystalline candy length: ~4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight per stick: ~22 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCount: 24 individually wrapped sticks (12 blue, 12 pink)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors are included, and how do they suit events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack features two complementary flavors: cotton candy (light blue) and cherry (light pink). The pastel hues and sweet tastes make them ideal for baby showers, gender reveals, birthday parties, and themed gatherings. Their appearance and flavors also work well as drink stirrers or edible décor to match pastel palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavors: cotton candy (light blue), cherry (light pink)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for: baby showers, gender reveals, birthdays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as drink stirrers, dessert accents, or party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and easy gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these rock candy sticks in cocktails, hot drinks, or desserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRock candy sticks add both flavor and visual charm when stirred into beverages: they dissolve subtly into hot drinks or release flavor as a cocktail sweetener. Use them as edible stirrers for tea, lemonade, or specialty cocktails, or place one on dessert plates as a colorful garnish. They’re sturdy enough to prop in glassware and attractive when presented in jars or favor bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into hot tea or cocoa for gentle sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as an edible cocktail sweetener and stirrer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorate cakes, cupcakes, or dessert platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisplay in jars or favor bags for table centerpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these rock candy sticks packaged and stored for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach rock candy stick comes in a clear individual wrapper to preserve freshness and make distribution simple. The 24-count set is compact enough to store until needed and easy to transport to an event venue. For best results, keep them in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually clear wrapped for hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-count pack: travel- and party-ready\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area away from sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for pre-packing favors or drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy’s Light Blue and Light Pink Rock Candy Sugar Sticks suit hosts, event planners, bartenders, and anyone who loves whimsical, nostalgic confections. They’re perfect for parents planning baby showers or gender reveals, baristas and bartenders seeking an attractive sweetener, and gift-givers adding a colorful, tasty accent. If you want a memorable, easy-to-use candy that doubles as decor and a flavor boost, this pastel duo delivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight Blue: Sugar. Contains 2% or less of : Titanium Dioxide Color, Artificial Flavors, Blue 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—each of the 24 rock candy sticks is clear individually wrapped for freshness and easy distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What flavors and how many of each are included?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack includes cotton candy (light blue) and cherry (light pink), with a total of 24 sticks (12 of each flavor).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002554994771,"sku":"B01H2DT9HM","price":86.89,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_2e7cd98e-6271-44d2-b342-06f3c2a577f2.jpg?v=1787190328"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-light-blue-cotton-candy-white-original-12-individually-wrapped-7-inch-sticks","title":"Candy Envy Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — Light Blue Cotton Candy \u0026 White Original, 12 Individually Wrapped 7-inch Sticks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Light Blue and White Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are individually wrapped 7-inch sugar sticks—12 per pack—featuring cotton candy (light blue) and original sugar (white) flavors for snacking, stirring drinks, or party favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese nostalgic rock candy sticks combine a playful color duo with a large, sugared crystal portion mounted on a 7-inch stick. Each stick contains roughly 4 inches of crystalized candy, weighs about 22 grams, and arrives individually clear-wrapped to preserve freshness and make them gift- or event-ready. The mix of light blue cotton candy flavor and classic white original sugar gives hosts and candy lovers a simple way to add visual flair and sweetness to celebrations, beverages, and dessert tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy is on each stick and what are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Candy Envy rock candy stick includes about four inches of crystallized sugar on the top portion and a total length of seven inches from stick base to candy tip. Each stick weighs approximately 22 grams, offering a substantial bite compared with smaller novelty sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 inches of sugar crystal per stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length around 7 inches (stick plus candy).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-stick weight approximately 22 grams for extra-large portion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individually clear-wrapped sticks per pack for easy distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they differ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack pairs a light blue cotton candy-flavored stick with a white original sugar stick to deliver two simple, complementary tastes. The cotton candy option offers a familiar carnival-style sweetness and color, while the white stick highlights pure sugar crystal flavor that works well on its own or as a sweetener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight blue: cotton candy flavor and eye-catching hue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite: original sugar flavor for classic sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor pairing works for both snacking and mixing into drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to keep flavors separate and fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these rock candy sticks at events or with drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRock candy sticks double as edible stirrers for hot and cold beverages and as decorative edible treats for party favors, dessert displays, or cocktail garnishes. They add color and sweetness to tea, coffee, champagne, mocktails, lemonades, and specialty cocktails without needing extra utensils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into hot tea or coffee for gradual sweetness and visual appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as garnish for cocktails, champagne flutes, and mocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in party favor bags, place settings, or dessert buffet displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for birthdays, weddings, showers, and themed celebrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these candy sticks packaged and stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 12 rock candy sticks is individually wrapped in clear plastic to preserve texture and make distribution simple. Store them in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain crystal integrity and flavor; avoid excessive humidity which can soften the crystals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individually clear-wrapped sticks per pack for hygiene and gifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area to retain crunch and clarity of crystals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from moisture and heat to prevent melting or stickiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady to place in candy jars, favor boxes, or beverage stations straight from the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Light Blue and White Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are ideal for party planners, bartenders, tea and coffee lovers, gift-givers, and anyone who wants a colorful, sizable stick of crystallized sugar for decorating treats or sweetening drinks. They suit event hosts who need individually wrapped favors, parents planning themed parties, and mixologists seeking an easy, attractive stirrer that doubles as an edible garnish. If you want a nostalgic, visually appealing sugar option in two classic flavors, this pack delivers simple versatility and ready-to-hand convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight Blue: Sugar, Water, Artificial Flavor, Artificial Colors (FD\u0026amp;C Blue 1)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, all 12 rock candy sticks come individually clear-wrapped for freshness and easy gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use them to sweeten hot drinks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, use them as edible stirrers for tea or coffee; they dissolve gradually to sweeten beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003238895699,"sku":"B0C114HP82","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_47070f3a-0727-4bc6-bcd8-b85ce0440212.jpg?v=1787209195"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-rock-candy-sticks-12-individually-wrapped-light-blue-pink-cotton-candy-cherry-7in-22g","title":"Candy Envy Rock Candy Sticks — 12 Individually Wrapped Light Blue \u0026 Pink, Cotton Candy \u0026 Cherry, 7in 22g","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eThese are 12 individually wrapped Candy Envy rock candy sticks in light blue (cotton candy) and light pink (cherry), each with about 4 inches of sugared candy on a 7\" stick and weighing 22 grams.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a playful, nostalgic sweet to parties, beverages, and gift bags with Candy Envy’s color-duo rock candy sticks. This set pairs a cotton-candy–flavored light blue stick with a cherry-flavored light pink stick, all individually clear-wrapped for freshness and presentation. Each stick is sugarlized along the handle, offers substantial candy length for stirring or snacking, and is sized to stand out in drinks, dessert displays, or favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are these rock candy sticks and what do they weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candy stick has approximately 4 inches of crystallized sugar on the stick and measures roughly 7 inches from the bottom of the stick to the top of the candy. The mouthfeel and portion are generous compared with typical mini sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrystal length: ~4 inches of sugar per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length: about 7 inches end-to-end\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight: approximately 22 grams per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: 12 individually clear-wrapped sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors are included, and how do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis assortment contains two classic, crowd-pleasing flavors: light blue cotton candy and light pink cherry. Each flavor is designed to be bright and recognizable without being overpowering, ideal for sipping or sampling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight blue: cotton candy flavor, sweet and airy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight pink: cherry flavor, fruity and vibrant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor pairs well with hot or cold drinks and desserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear wrapping preserves aroma and color until use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these rock candy sticks at events or with drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re versatile: use them as stirrers for cocktails, hot cocoa, or tea; tuck them into party favor bags; or display them in centerpieces. Their size and bright colors make them an easy decorative addition that also doubles as an edible treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into mixed drinks, hot drinks, or mocktails for subtle flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in baby showers, gender reveals, birthdays, or dessert tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackage in goody bags or attach to place cards for favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a jar or vase as a colorful candy display at events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for gifting and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — every stick is individually clear-wrapped to keep candies fresh and presentable, making them convenient for gift boxes, event favors, or retail displays. The bright pastel colors and sizable crystals make them an attractive, easy-to-share option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individually wrapped sticks per pack for simple distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear wrapping maintains visual appeal and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 22 g sticks feel substantial for gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral pastels work for themed events or mixed assortments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy’s light blue and light pink rock candy sticks are ideal for event planners, hosts, and anyone who wants a nostalgic, visually appealing sweet for parties, gifts, or beverage presentation. They suit casual home entertaining, professional catering, party favor preparation, and retail situations where eye-catching, single-serve candy is desired. If you’re decorating a dessert table, enhancing drink service, or assembling favors for a baby shower, gender reveal, birthday, or wedding, these sturdy, individually wrapped sticks offer convenience, color, and classic candy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight Blue: Cane Sugar, Artificial Flavors, Blue 1, Titanium Dioxide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sticks come in one pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each pack contains 12 individually clear-wrapped rock candy sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What are the flavors and sizes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Light blue is cotton candy, light pink is cherry; each stick is about 7\" long with 4\" of candy and weighs ~22 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003239059539,"sku":"B0BZZWKD2J","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_8c07cfd6-56e7-4abb-bbe2-b2290abaa781.jpg?v=1787209192"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-pink-cherry-rock-candy-sticks-12-individually-wrapped-7-inch-sticks-4-inch-sugar-crystals","title":"Candy Envy Pink Cherry Rock Candy Sticks — 12 Individually Wrapped 7-inch Sticks, 4-inch Sugar Crystals","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Pink Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are cherry-flavored crystalline candy on sticks—12 individually wrapped, 7-inch sticks with about 4 inches of pink sugar for nostalgic snacking and decorative uses.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese pink rock candy sticks combine vivid color, classic crunch and a clear cherry flavor into oversized 22-gram pieces packaged individually for freshness and easy gifting. Each stick measures roughly 7 inches from base to tip, with about 4 inches of sugared crystal clustered on the top of a sturdy wooden stick. They’re made for grabbing as a sweet bite, stirring into hot or cold drinks for subtle sweetness, or adding a whimsical touch to event décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow sweet and substantial are these candy sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Candy Envy stick weighs approximately 22 grams, giving you a satisfying chunk of rock candy rather than a tiny sample. The crystals cluster around the top portion of the stick so you get concentrated sugar in every bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual stick weight: ~22 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrystal length on stick: ~4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal stick length: ~7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: cherry-infused throughout the crystals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these for parties, drinks, or decorations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these sticks are versatile for event use. Their bright pink hue and clear wrap make them easy to position in favors, dessert tables, or beverage stirrers for added color and sweetening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as party favors or place-setting accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse to stir tea, lemonade, or specialty cocktails for gradual sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged individually—easy to distribute at showers, weddings, and birthdays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds visual interest to candy buffets and dessert displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the sticks packaged and stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach rock candy stick is wrapped in clear individual film to protect the crystals and lock in flavor. Store in a cool, dry place away from humidity to keep the crystals crisp and prevent stickiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 pieces per pack, individually wrapped\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear wrap shows the vivid pink color while protecting the candy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest stored in cool, dry conditions—avoid direct sunlight and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for pre-staging in party boxes or gift bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions and consumers enjoy these cherry rock candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy’s pink rock candy is tailored for anyone looking to add a nostalgic or decorative sweet—kids and adults alike enjoy the crunchy texture and cherry taste. They’re particularly suited to planners and hosts who need an easy, visually appealing sweet element for events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaby showers, gender reveals, and princess-themed parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeddings, birthday parties, and holiday events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBars and cafés for beverage stirrers or cocktail garnishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift baskets, party favor bags, and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you want a bold-pink, cherry-flavored confection that performs as both a treat and a decorative accent, Candy Envy Pink Rock Candy Sugar Sticks fit the bill. They appeal to event hosts, nostalgic snackers, beverage creators and anyone who prefers an individually wrapped, visually striking sweet. With 12 oversize sticks in one pack, they provide a ready supply for gatherings or multiple occasions without additional prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each of the 12 Pink Rock Candy Sugar Sticks is wrapped in clear film for freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What is the total length and crystal size on each stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each stick measures about 7 inches long with roughly 4 inches of rock candy crystals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003303972947,"sku":"B00KH92F6G","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_82ff72db-a06e-456a-8fbc-4cf741a9163b.jpg?v=1787210317"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-light-blue-rock-candy-sticks-cotton-candy-flavor-12-individually-wrapped-7-party-favors","title":"Candy Envy Light Blue Rock Candy Sticks — Cotton Candy Flavor, 12 Individually Wrapped 7\" Party Favors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are cotton-candy flavored, individually wrapped 7\" candy sticks—12 per pack—for party favors, drinks, and sweet gifts.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks from Candy Envy pair a nostalgic cotton candy flavor with a crystalized sugar texture on a 7-inch stick. Each stick contains roughly 4 inches of sugared candy and weighs about 22 grams, offering a satisfying single-serve treat that doubles as a decorative, edible accent for events. Clear individual wrapping keeps each piece fresh and ready to hand out, tuck into a goodie bag, or stir into beverages for a touch of sweetness and color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow sweet and sizable are these rock candy sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Candy Envy stick measures 7 inches end-to-end, with around 4 inches of crystallized candy perched on a sturdy stick. The generous 22-gram portion delivers a noticeable amount of candy in a single piece, balancing visual impact and eating enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length: 7 inches from stick base to candy tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy portion: approximately 4 inches of crystallized sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight per stick: ~22 grams for extra-large enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColor: light blue with cotton candy flavor infused throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions and uses are these best suited for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks are versatile party-ready treats that work as favors, table decor, or cocktail stirrers. Their individually wrapped presentation makes them ideal for birthday parties, weddings, Halloween, event giveaways, or as a playful add-on to gifts and goodie bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors and event handouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEdible cocktail or hot-drink stirrers that dissolve or sweeten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWedding or baby-shower décor accents and candy tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCostume accessories, trick-or-treat extras, and gift toppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these rock candy sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the individually wrapped sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. Use them straight from the package as handheld treats, or place a stick in a warm beverage to release extra sweetness and color—no special equipment required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry area; avoid heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing: unwrap and enjoy as-is or stir into drinks to dissolve\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePresentation: stand in jars, attach to gift tags, or layer in clear favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these rock candy sticks individually wrapped and travel-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—each Candy Envy stick comes sealed in a clear wrapper to preserve freshness and make distribution hygienic and portable. The compact, lightweight design makes them simple to include in mailed gifts, event boxes, or backpacks for on-the-go snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed for freshness and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight and easy to transport or mail\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for group events, classroom treats, and party packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Light Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are for hosts, event planners, and anyone who wants a playful, visually appealing sweet treat. They suit parents assembling party favors, mixologists looking for an eye-catching cocktail garnish, or gift-givers who want a nostalgic, bite-sized confection. If you need colorful, ready-to-distribute sweets that add both flavor and flair to celebrations, these cotton candy flavored sticks offer a reliable, crowd-pleasing option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR, BLUE 1,TITANIUM DIOXIDE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sticks come in a pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This pack contains 12 individually wrapped Candy Envy light blue rock candy sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these be used to sweeten drinks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—as a stirrer the sugar dissolves into hot or warm drinks to add sweetness and color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003304038483,"sku":"B00KH92FBG","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-light-blue-rock-candy.jpg?v=1787210318"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-assorted-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-12-individually-wrapped-sticks-mixed-colors-flavors","title":"Candy Envy Assorted Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — 12 Individually Wrapped Sticks, Mixed Colors \u0026 Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Assorted Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are 12 individually wrapped crystal sugar sticks in mixed colors and flavors, ready for snacking, stirring drinks, or gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic rock candy sticks combine crunchy sugar crystals on a paper stick with vibrant colors and a variety of flavors. Each stick is wrapped for freshness, making them convenient for parties, favors, hot beverages, baking decorations, or a quick sweet bite. The assortment blends traditional tastes with playful hues so you can match them to events, drinks, or dessert presentations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors come in the assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains a mixed selection of fruit-inspired and classic sweet flavors, each tied to a different crystal color. Flavors vary by batch but typically include lemon, cherry, grape, raspberry, and blue raspberry, plus clear or white sticks for neutral sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individually wrapped sticks in multiple colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCommon flavors: lemon, cherry, grape, raspberry, blue raspberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear\/white sticks for simple sugar sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortment may vary slightly between packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these sugar sticks with beverages and desserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRock candy sticks dissolve slowly and add both sweetness and visual flair when stirred into hot drinks like tea or coffee. They also work as decorative toppers for cupcakes, cocktail garnishes, or to rim glasses for special occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into hot tea or coffee for gradual sweetening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as drink stirrers and colorful cocktail accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cupcakes, cakes, or dessert platings for sparkle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in candy buffet jars or party favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these sticks individually packaged and shelf-stable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — each rock candy stick is wrapped to preserve texture and flavor until opened. They require no refrigeration and keep well in a dry, cool place, making them practical for storage, event planning, and gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for freshness and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf-stable: store in a cool, dry spot away from humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-lasting crunch and color when unopened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to include in goody bags or mail as a treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients and allergen considerations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is primarily crystallized sugar with flavoring and coloring additives. If you have specific allergies or dietary restrictions, check the package ingredient list or Candy Envy brand labeling before consuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain ingredient: crystallized sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains flavorings and colorants—see label for details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot marketed as free from specific allergens unless stated\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact manufacturer for full ingredient or allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Assorted Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are ideal for party planners, bakers, beverage enthusiasts, and anyone who enjoys a nostalgic, decorative sweet. They suit event favors, coffee or tea service, bakery displays, and creative DIY dessert projects. If you want individually wrapped, visually appealing sugar treats that are easy to store and versatile to use, this 12-stick assortment is a convenient, colorful choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each of the 12 rock candy sticks is individually wrapped for freshness and hygienic handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these sticks to sweeten hot drinks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they dissolve slowly in hot beverages and work well as stirrers and decorative sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003326812243,"sku":"B09PJ23CB7","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_c595e72e-ae94-4b90-9d3c-253b444f3ea2.jpg?v=1787210618"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-watermelon-rock-candy-sticks-light-green-12-pack-7-inch-individually-wrapped-party-favors","title":"Candy Envy Watermelon Rock Candy Sticks — Light Green 12-Pack, 7-inch Individually Wrapped Party Favors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy’s Light Green Watermelon Rock Candy Sticks are 12 individually wrapped, 7-inch sugar sticks with roughly 4 inches of watermelon-flavored crystal candy on each 22 g stick.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vibrant, pale-green rock candy sticks combine old-fashioned candy-crystal texture with a bright watermelon flavor, packaged for instant use as party favors, drink stirrers, or sweet snack treats. Each stick arrives wrapped in clear film so you can display them, hand them out, or add them directly to cocktails, mocktails, or hot beverages without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy comes on each stick and what are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach Candy Envy stick contains about 4 inches of crystallized sugar mounted on a sturdy paper stick, with the entire piece measuring roughly 7 inches from base to tip. Every stick weighs approximately 22 grams, offering a sizeable single-serving treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 inches of rock candy per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length about 7 inches end-to-end\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight near 22 grams per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as a set of 12 individually wrapped sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and color should I expect, and how intense is the taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe sticks are a light green shade and are watermelon-flavored for a sweet, fruity profile that reads clearly without being overpowering. The crystalline texture concentrates flavor so a single stick delivers a sustained fruity sweetness ideal for snacking or dissolving into drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight green crystal color with translucent sparkle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePronounced watermelon flavor infused throughout each crystal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet but not cloying—designed for snacking or flavoring drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to preserve freshness and scent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can these rock candy sticks be used for events or beverages?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks are versatile: use them as table favors at birthdays and weddings, as decorative stirrers for cocktails and hot drinks, or as grab-and-go treats for candy buffets. Their size and clear wrapping make them easy to include in gift bags, centerpieces, or drink presentations without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace in cocktail glasses as a flavored stirrer and sweetener\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eArrange in jars or vases for candy table displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in favor bags for birthday and wedding guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a novelty treat for themed events or kids’ parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese watermelon rock candy sticks suit anyone planning an event who needs eye-catching, ready-to-serve sweets—party planners, bartenders, brides-to-be, and hosts. They also appeal to candy collectors and people looking for a fun, nostalgic treat; because each stick is individually wrapped and travel-friendly, they work well for on-the-go gifting and easy beverage flair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—each of the 12 watermelon-flavored sticks is wrapped in clear film to keep them fresh and display-ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these sticks to sweeten hot drinks or cocktails?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—the sticks work well as flavored stirrers for hot beverages and cocktails, dissolving slowly to add sweetness and color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003331891283,"sku":"B00N6L5RHQ","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-watermelon-rock-candy.jpg?v=1787210744"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-blue-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-blue-raspberry-12-individually-wrapped-7-inch-jumbo-party-favors","title":"Candy Envy Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — Blue Raspberry, 12 Individually Wrapped, 7-inch Jumbo Party Favors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are individually wrapped blue-raspberry flavored crystallized sugar sticks designed as nostalgic, jumbo-sized party favors and cocktail sweeteners.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Candy Envy sticks pair old-school charm with modern convenience: each pack contains twelve clear-wrapped rock candy sticks infused with blue raspberry flavor, measuring about 7 inches overall with roughly 4 inches of sparkling sugar candy on the stick. At 22 grams apiece, they make eye-catching additions to party tables, dessert bars, beverage stirrers, or gift bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these rock candy sticks elevate my party setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey add color, texture, and a playful retro touch that guests notice. Use them as decorative stirrers in cocktails and hot drinks, tuck them into favor boxes, or display them standing in jars for a vibrant candy station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individually clear-wrapped sticks for easy presentation and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright blue raspberry hue adds themed color coordination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 22 g size creates a satisfying visual and edible focal point\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e7-inch length fits many glassware types as a stirrer or garnish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the product dimensions and flavor details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach rock candy stick has about 4 inches of crystalized sugar on a stick, with total length near 7 inches. The sugar is flavored throughout with a blue raspberry profile that’s sweet and fruity without additional toppings or coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAverage sugar candy length: 4 inches per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal stick length: approximately 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight: roughly 22 grams per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: consistent blue raspberry infused sugar crystals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these sticks convenient for events and drink service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the individual clear wrappers keep each stick sanitary until use and make distribution simple. Their size and sturdiness allow them to function as both a sweet treat and a practical stirrer for cocktails, hot cocoa, tea, or other beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping for single-serve hygiene and easy gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable crystal formation suitable for stirring and garnishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in hot and cold drinks to dissolve sweetness gradually\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to include in goody bags, place settings, or drink stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Blue Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are ideal for party planners, bartenders, event hosts, and anyone assembling themed gift bags or dessert displays. They suit birthday parties, weddings, baby showers, bar and bat mitzvahs, school events, and holiday gatherings where a colorful, nostalgic sweet is desired. If you need single-serve, visually impactful, flavored sugar sticks that double as edible décor and beverage stirrers, these offer a convenient, crowd-pleasing option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCane Sugar, Contains 2% or less of: Artificial Flavors, Blue 1, Yellow 5\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, all 12 Candy Envy blue rock candy sticks come in clear individual wrappers for hygiene and easy gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these be used as drink stirrers?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 7-inch sticks work well as decorative stirrers in hot or cold beverages and dissolve sweetness gradually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003331924051,"sku":"B00N6L5RMQ","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-blue-raspberry.jpg?v=1787210745"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-strawberry-rock-candy-sticks-12-individually-wrapped-red-7in-stirring-garnish","title":"Candy Envy Strawberry Rock Candy Sticks - 12 Individually Wrapped Red, 7in Stirring Garnish","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy's strawberry-flavored red rock candy sugar sticks are individually wrapped nostalgic treats that deliver 4 inches of crystallized sweetness on a 7-inch stick.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vibrant red rock candy sticks bring candy-store charm to parties, drinks and everyday snacking. Each set contains 12 clear-wrapped sticks, each weighing about 22 grams, flavored throughout with strawberry and made without Red 3 dye. The candy is built up on a stick to form roughly four inches of crystallized sugar, leaving the total length from stick base to candy tip at about seven inches — ideal for stirring hot beverages, garnishing cocktails or handing out as favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy is on each stick and what are the dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery stick features roughly four inches of crystallized rock candy built on a handle, providing a generous bite and easy stirring. The total length from the bottom of the stick to the top of the sugar is approximately seven inches, and each stick weighs about 22 grams for substantial size and presence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 inches of crystallized sugar per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal stick length about 7 inches (handle plus candy)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach stick weighs ~22 grams for extra-large enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individually clear-wrapped sticks per pack for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and ingredients should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe sticks are infused with a strawberry flavor that permeates the sugar crystals for consistent taste from the first lick to the last. These red rock candy sticks are produced without Red 3, offering a bold red color and classic strawberry-sweet profile without that specific dye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet strawberry flavor infused through the candy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBold red appearance, made without Red 3 dye\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear individual wrapping to preserve flavor and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for use as edible garnish or nostalgic snack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these rock candy sticks for events and drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese rock candy sticks are versatile: use them as cocktail stirrers that add sweetness and a showy garnish, drop them into hot tea to dissolve slowly, or include them in goodie bags and place settings at birthdays or weddings. Because each stick is individually wrapped, they’re convenient for handling and distributing at events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish cocktails or mocktails with a sweet, colorful stirrer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into hot drinks for a gradual, flavored sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackage as party favors for birthdays, weddings, and showers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in candy buffets, centerpieces, or themed décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these sticks packaged and stored for freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach rock candy stick is individually wrapped in clear packaging to protect the crystals and keep them hygienic until use. Store the sticks in a cool, dry place away from humidity to prevent the sugar crystals from softening or clumping together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 sticks per pack, each in its own clear wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest stored in cool, dry conditions to maintain texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlastic-free wrapping options depend on supply; check label\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for pre-packaging into favor bags without extra handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy's strawberry red rock candy sticks suit anyone seeking a nostalgic, photo-ready sweet: bartenders and home entertainers who want eye-catching garnishes, hosts planning birthdays or weddings, and anyone craving a large, flavored rock candy stick without Red 3. They’re also great for candy lovers who prefer individually wrapped portions that are easy to distribute or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePure Cane Sugar. Contains less than 2% of: Natural and Artificial Flavors, Red 40\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these rock candy sticks individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each of the 12 strawberry rock candy sticks comes in its own clear wrapper for freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these sticks contain Red 3 dye?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — Candy Envy red rock candy sticks are made without Red 3 dye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003332022355,"sku":"B00N6L5RHG","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-strawberry-rock-sticks.jpg?v=1787210746"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-gold-nugget-gum-party-favors-4-gold-drawstring-bags-2-oz-shimmering-nuggets","title":"Candy Envy Gold Nugget Gum Party Favors — 4 Gold Drawstring Bags, 2 oz Shimmering Nuggets","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGold Mine Gold Nugget Gum delivers four decorative gold satchels filled with 2 oz of shimmering, candy-coated gum nuggets—perfect for party favors and gift bags.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese eye-catching pouches from Candy Envy combine playful presentation with pocket-sized treats. Each package contains four 2-ounce drawstring satchels inside a glittery, resealable gold outer bag. The nuggets mimic the look of little gold rocks for a novelty feel that suits themed parties, favors, or countertop impulse sales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these gold nugget gum favors enhance a themed party?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metallic look and bite-sized servings make these gum nuggets an instant conversation starter. They add visual interest to table setups and fit easily into themed displays without requiring extra wrapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour decorative gold satchels per set for coordinated presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 oz of candy-coated gum in each small drawstring bag—easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmery coating resembles gold nuggets for mining or construction themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable outer pouch keeps unused satchels tidy between events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable as giveaway items or retail impulse buys?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—their compact size and striking packaging make them practical for giveaways, event swag, or countertop impulse purchases. The resealable decorative bag helps maintain shelf appeal and prevents satchels from scattering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 2 oz satchels that are simple to distribute\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlittery outer bag draws attention on tables or at checkout\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable drawstring satchels keep nuggets secure until use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle SKU contains four ready-to-hand favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the packaging and portion details I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes four 2-ounce drawstring satchels of candy-coated gum nuggets inside a decorative, glittery gold resealable bag. The drawstring bags simplify handling during events and give recipients a reusable mini pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity: 4 satchels per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight: 2 ounces of gum nuggets per satchel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOuter wrap: glittery, resealable gold bag for storage and presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClosure: drawstring on each satchel for easy opening and reclosure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these for different events or promotions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gold nugget gum bags work across a variety of event types: kid-friendly birthday parties, construction or mining-themed gatherings, corporate promotions, and holiday stocking stuffers. Their novelty appearance makes them suitable both as individual takeaways and as part of larger themed favor assortments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBirthday party favors for mining or pirate themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstruction-themed celebrations and classroom rewards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePromotional giveaways at fairs or product launches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetail seasonal displays and countertop impulse sales\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Gold Mine Gold Nugget Gum is aimed at event planners, party parents, and small retailers seeking an affordable, visually striking favor. If you need lightweight, themed giveaways that are simple to hand out and look great on display, these four decorative satchels of gold-colored gum nuggets are a convenient, memorable choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Gum Base, Artificial Flavors, Titanium Dioxide, Artificial Colors, Including: FD\u0026amp;C Yellow No. 5, FD\u0026amp;C Red 40, FD\u0026amp;C Blue 1, FD\u0026amp;C Blue 2 BHT (to maintain freshness), Resinous Glaze\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many satchels are included per set?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each set contains four 2 oz drawstring satchels inside a glittery resealable gold bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gummy candies or chewing gum?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: These are candy-coated chewing gum nuggets designed as novelty favors, not gummy candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003585450067,"sku":"B0DJPV8KDD","price":57.65,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-gold-mine-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213556"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-amber-cafe-mini-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-18-individually-wrapped-10g-coffee-stirrers-pure-sugar","title":"Candy Envy Amber Café Mini Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — 18 Individually Wrapped 10g Coffee Stirrers, Pure Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Amber Café Sugar Sticks are 18 individually wrapped mini rock candy stirrers that sweeten hot or cold drinks with pure sugar in a convenient, single-use stick.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Amber Café sugar sticks deliver a classic, all-sugar sweetener in a compact, decorative format made for coffee bars, cocktail stations, event favors, and everyday beverage use. The new recipe contains only sugar with no artificial colors or flavors, and each 10-gram stick dissolves cleanly into your cup to provide the sweetness of about two and a half sugar cubes. Individually wrapped for hygiene and portability, the sticks are OU Kosher certified and sized for single-serve convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these sugar sticks work in coffee and other hot drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Amber Café mini rock candy stick is designed to stir into hot beverages until fully dissolved, releasing pure sugar without altering flavor profiles with added tastes or colors. The crystalline form melts steadily, letting you control sweetness as you stir. Use one stick per cup for a moderate sweetness similar to standard sugar cube measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 grams per stick equals roughly 2.5 sugar cubes of sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves cleanly in hot coffee, tea, and other warm drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors or flavors to change your beverage’s taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for sanitary, single-use serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these in cold drinks and cocktails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmber Café sticks work in cold beverages, though they dissolve more slowly than in hot liquids; stirring or light shaking speeds dissolution. They're a decorative, nostalgic accent for iced coffees, lemonades, mocktails, and cocktails, and they double as stirrers and sweeteners. Because they are pure sugar, they mix predictably into any drink without interfering with other ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for iced coffees, iced teas, mocktails and mixed drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStirring or muddling helps dissolve sugar faster in cold liquids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVisually appealing as a garnish or part of a beverage presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for easy bar or event distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Amber Café recipe different from other rock candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current Amber Café formula focuses on simplicity: only sugar is used, with no artificial colors or flavors. That keeps the taste neutral and lets the candy contribute sweetness without any added sensory notes. The mini size—10 grams per stick—was calibrated to match common sweetening expectations while remaining compact and easy to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNEW recipe: pure sugar only, no artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMini 10-gram sticks for single-serve portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean appearance and flavor, maintaining beverage integrity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for dietary observance compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and present these at an event or coffee station?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the individually wrapped sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct heat or sunlight to preserve their crystalline texture. For service, present them in a tidy jar, mason jar, or a small bowl next to your drink station so guests can take one per cup. Their wrapped format makes them travel-friendly for takeaways, place settings, or included gift bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed sticks at room temperature in a dry area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisplay in jars or dispensers for a polished coffee bar look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as party favors, place setting treats, or cocktail garnishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic event distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Amber Café Mini Rock Candy Sugar Sticks suit coffee shops, caterers, event planners, home hosts, and anyone who prefers a tidy, single-use sugar option. They’re ideal for people who want a straightforward, all-sugar sweetener without artificial colors or flavors and who appreciate a decorative touch for beverages. If you need portion-controlled sweetness that’s easy to present and hygienic, these individually wrapped amber sticks are a practical, attractive choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sugar cubes is one stick equivalent to?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 10-gram Amber Café stick equals about 2.5 standard sugar cubes of sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these sticks free from artificial colors and flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The new Amber Café recipe contains only sugar with no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004166099027,"sku":"B07RSVDQZP","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-amber-cafe-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787216977"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-white-cafe-sugar-sticks-mini-rock-candy-18-count-10g-sticks-individually-wrapped-fast-dissolve","title":"Candy Envy White Café Sugar Sticks Mini Rock Candy — 18-Count 10g Sticks, Individually Wrapped, Fast-Dissolve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy White Café Sugar Sticks are 18 individually wrapped mini rock candy stirrers—each 10 g stick sweetens drinks and doubles as a decorative, single-serve sugar portion.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact rock-candy sugar sticks are designed to dissolve quickly into hot or cold beverages while adding a touch of visual charm to coffee service, cocktail hours, or event favors. Each stick contains the equivalent sweetness of about 2½ sugar cubes and arrives in its own wrapper for hygienic, grab-and-go use. Certified OU Kosher, they fit commercial and home settings where consistent single-serve sugar is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these sugar sticks perform in my morning coffee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crystalline sticks melt easily in hot liquids, giving predictable sweetness without measuring spoons. Their compact 10 g size ensures consistent flavor and a tidy cup without loose granules or spills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissolves cleanly in hot coffee and lattes within seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne stick equals roughly 2½ standard sugar cubes for easy swapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for freshness and simple storage in jars or dispensers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo sticky packets—solid stirrer reduces countertop mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them for cocktails and desserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these white rock candy sticks add both sweetness and a decorative element to mixed drinks and plated desserts. They work as a stir-and-sweeten tool or as an eye-catching edible garnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for stirring sweet cocktails where visual sparkle matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe to present with plated desserts or dessert drink toppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped sticks make bar service faster and cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral white color coordinates with varied glassware and plating styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do they fit into events, cafes, or retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact, hygienic packaging makes these sticks a practical choice for cafés, catering, hotel coffee stations, and party favors. They’re easy to distribute, display, or include in gift bags without extra packaging fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e18-count pack simplifies inventory for small events or cafe use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrap meets hygiene expectations for self-serve stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall footprint—store in countertop jars, dispensers, or favor boxes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent portion control helps manage sweetener use across service staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients, portioning, and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are classic sugar-flavored rock candies made to standard portion size—each stick weighs 10 g and should be kept in a cool, dry place. Because they’re single-serve and sealed, they stay fresh longer than open containers of loose sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach 10 g stick is a measured portion for repeatable sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed sticks away from heat and moisture for best texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certification included on packaging for dietary considerations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life makes them suitable for event prep or retail bundles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy White Café Sugar Sticks are suited to coffee shops, bartenders, event planners, and anyone who wants a tidy, attractive single-serve sweetener. If you prefer consistent portioning, hygienic packaging, and a sugar stirrer that doubles as a small garnish, these mini rock candy sticks offer a convenient, visually appealing solution for daily beverage service and special occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sugar cubes is one stick equivalent to?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 10 g Candy Envy stick equals about 2½ standard sugar cubes of sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these sticks suitable for hot and cold drinks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They dissolve quickly in hot beverages and can sweeten cold drinks with stirring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004166361171,"sku":"B07RV14JC3","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_fcae27d9-ebb3-426c-92d6-81f6bea75dd8.jpg?v=1787216977"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-light-blue-wrapper-2-lb-bulk-bag-soft-chewy-classic-flavor","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels — Light Blue Wrapper, 2 lb Bulk Bag, Soft Chewy Classic Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy’s individually wrapped light-blue caramels are soft, classic caramels sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with approximately 150 pieces—perfect for events, candy jars, or gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels come individually wrapped in a light-blue twist wrapper while the candy inside is a traditional caramel color and soft texture. The 2-pound bag is filled by weight and holds about 150 pieces, making it a convenient choice for party planners, retailers, or anyone who wants a ready supply of wrapped caramels. Allow the candies to reach room temperature if they feel firm when shipped in colder weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many caramels are in one bag and what are the serving details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 2-pound bag is filled by weight and contains roughly 150 individually wrapped caramels. Serving size and calories vary by manufacturer batch; check the label on the bag for the current nutrition facts. These counts make portioning easy for displays and favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBag weight: 2 pounds (filled by weight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate piece count: 150 individually wrapped caramels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper color: light blue—wrapper color does not indicate candy color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage tip: keep sealed at room temperature, avoid direct heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the texture and flavor profile of these caramels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe caramels are soft and chewy with the familiar buttery-sugar caramel taste. They’re designed to be a classic candy experience rather than a novelty flavor. If the caramels arrive firm, let them sit at room temperature to soften before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: soft, chewy caramels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: traditional caramel—sweet and buttery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppearance: caramel-colored candy inside light-blue wrapper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandling suggestion: acclimate in warm room if chilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these caramels for events or retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped pieces make them ideal for candy dishes, party favors, wedding tables, and retail bulk bins. Their pastel light-blue wrappers add a coordinated color theme without altering the candy’s classic caramel look. They’re easy to portion into small bags, jars, or gift boxes for giveaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for wedding favors, baby showers, and holiday bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSellable in candy jars or use in bulk displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for DIY favor bags—pre-portions by count or weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper color coordinates with light-blue or pastel event palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any important packing or storage notes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is filled by weight; slight piece-count variation can occur between bags. Caramels may firm up if exposed to cold temperatures during shipping—allow them to come to room temperature before serving. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for best freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight—piece counts approximate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf shipped cold, let candies warm to room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed to maintain freshness and prevent odors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat sources that could melt or stick wrappers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy’s 2-pound light-blue individually wrapped caramels suit event planners, small retailers, candy buffet creators, and anyone who wants an attractive, ready-to-use supply of classic caramels. They’re especially handy for themed events where light-blue accents are desired and for anyone who needs individually wrapped pieces for hygiene and portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2-pound bag contains approximately 150 individually wrapped caramels; counts can vary slightly since bags are filled by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What if the caramels arrive firm from cold shipping?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Let them sit sealed at room temperature for 30–60 minutes to soften; avoid microwaving or heating directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004172030035,"sku":"B087N27PHC","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787217162"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-turquoise-wrappers-2-lb-bulk-soft-texture","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels – Turquoise Wrappers, 2 lb Bulk, Soft Texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Turquoise Individually Wrapped Caramels are soft, single-serve caramels packaged in bright turquoise wrappers sold in a 2‑pound bulk bag with approximately 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels are designed for parties, candy buffets, gift assemblies, or everyday snacking when you want a convenient, color‑coordinated sweet. The bag is filled by weight and contains soft brown caramels wrapped in eye‑catching turquoise foil; note that the wrapper color is decorative and does not indicate the candy’s flavor or color. Because caramel texture changes with temperature, we recommend letting the candies sit at room temperature before serving if they've been shipped in cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these caramels hold up at events and in candy buffets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individual wrappers make these caramels easy to display and hygienic for self‑serve stations. The turquoise foil adds a coordinated pop of color that pairs well with many themes, and the soft texture makes them popular with guests of all ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for clean handling and easy distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright turquoise wrappers to match décor or party palettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft texture that appeals to a range of tastes and ages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2‑pound bulk bag supplies approximately 150 pieces for medium to large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the caramels be soft when they arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaramels can firm up in cold transit; allowing them to acclimate to room temperature restores softness. If you receive the bag chilled, open it and let the candies sit undisturbed for a few hours before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow candies to reach ambient temperature for best texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at cool, dry room temperature to maintain softness and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid refrigeration unless necessary, which can harden the candy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are included and what should I expect from sizing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2‑pound bag is weighed and typically contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels. Piece sizes are standard single‑serve caramels; they are brown in color regardless of the wrapper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight — approximately 150 pieces per 2‑pound bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle‑serve caramel size suitable for candy dishes and favors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper color is decorative and does not reflect the candy’s hue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these caramels suitable for gifting and party favors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the turquoise wrapper gives a polished gift‑ready look without additional packaging. They are convenient for filling small favor bags, decorating dessert tables, or creating color‑themed candy mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for favor bags, place settings, and candy buffet accents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright turquoise wrappers coordinate with event color schemes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and easy handling when gifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Turquoise Individually Wrapped Caramels suit event planners, hosts, and candy lovers who want an attractive, easy‑to‑serve sweet in bulk. They work well for weddings, showers, corporate events, classroom treats, and anyone assembling gift baskets or themed candy displays. If you need a colorful, convenient caramel option with soft texture and individual wrapping, this 2‑pound bag provides a practical and festive solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: Delicious caramels in turquoise wrappers; soft texture; 2‑pound bag with approximately 150 pieces; caramel color for the candy itself; satisfaction support from Candy Envy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels are in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag is filled by weight and contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Should I let the caramels warm up before serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. If the candies arrived cold, allow them to reach room temperature to restore their soft texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004173275219,"sku":"B087N8CZYG","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-turquoise-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787217183"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-green-wrapped-buttermints-13-oz-bag-100-individually-wrapped-resealable-bag","title":"Candy Envy Green Wrapped Buttermints 13 oz Bag — ~100 Individually Wrapped, Resealable Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Green Wrapped Buttermints are classic, melt-in-your-mouth white mints packaged individually in green wrappers, sold in a 13 oz bag with about 100 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese traditional buttermints offer a smooth, creamy texture and a subtly sweet finish that makes them a favorite for events, dessert tables, and everyday candy dishes. Packaged individually for hygiene and convenience, each mint is easy to hand out, tuck into favor boxes, or set on reception trays. The green wrapper adds a coordinated pop of color for themed gatherings while protecting each piece until it's ready to enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these buttermints different from other mints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy buttermints are known for their soft, buttery center and clean, pleasant sweetness rather than an intense menthol bite. The recipe emphasizes a delicate texture that dissolves smoothly on the tongue. Their individual wrapping keeps each mint fresh and travel-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, melt-in-your-mouth consistency rather than hard candy crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean, mild sweet flavor suitable after meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for sanitation and easy distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many mints are in a 13 oz bag and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 13 oz bag contains roughly 100 white buttermints, though actual counts may vary slightly by production run. The mints come individually wrapped in green cellophane-style wrappers so you can hand them out at events or store them without sticky clumping. The resealable bag helps preserve freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 individually wrapped mints per 13 oz bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreen wrappers for color coordination and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag to maintain freshness between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I use these buttermints for events or everyday?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtermints are a versatile choice: they suit weddings, showers, corporate events, restaurant tables, and at-home candy bowls. Their mild flavor and elegant look make them appropriate for occasions where a subtle palate cleanser or a small sweet gesture is desired. They also work well in favor bags and as small table treats for guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePopular as wedding, shower, and reception mints (also called wedding or pillow mints)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy dishes, office bowls, and hotel counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for filling favor boxes or event display trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store Candy Envy buttermints to keep them tasting their best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to prevent softening or sticking. After opening, use the resealable bag to limit air exposure, or transfer mints to an airtight container. Proper storage preserves texture and flavor for longer enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed in a cool, dry pantry or cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse resealable bag or airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid extreme heat which can soften or deform mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Green Wrapped Buttermints are ideal for event planners, couples organizing weddings, caterers, restaurant owners, and anyone who wants an elegant, easy-to-serve mint for guests. They also suit individuals who enjoy a gentle, buttery mint for after-dinner refreshment or want a convenient, individually wrapped sweet for travel and sharing. If you need a classic, presentable mint that blends taste, convenience, and visual appeal, this 13 oz bag is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these buttermints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each white mint is wrapped in a green wrapper for hygiene and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints come in the 13 oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 13 oz bag contains about 100 individually wrapped buttermints; counts may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004219641939,"sku":"B01HJ4FWU2","price":70.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_c67c43bc-1190-4a35-95f9-f5425ea3fe28.jpg?v=1787217887"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-black-1-inch-gumballs-2-lb-bag-113-pieces-kosher-north-american-made","title":"Candy Envy Black 1-Inch Gumballs — 2 lb Bag (~113 Pieces), Kosher, North American Made","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Candy Envy black 1-inch gumballs sold in a 2 lb bag containing approximately 113 unbranded, kosher-certified pieces made in North America.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for event concessions, themed parties, candy buffets, or refillable dispensers, these deep-black gumballs offer a bold visual accent and a classic chewable bubble-gum experience. Each bag arrives with roughly 113 uniformly sized, glossy-shelled gumballs that are free of printed logos—ideal when you want a clean, uniform look or to customize packaging for retail and celebration settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow large are the gumballs and how many come in one bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece measures approximately 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter, a standard size that works well in most candy machines and display bowls. The 2-pound bag contains about 113 gumballs; actual count can vary slightly by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: ~1 inch diameter for consistent dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity: ~113 gumballs per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: clear bag for quick visual inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for standard countertop and floor gumball machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the gumballs carry COR kosher certification, and the recipe and production are North American-based. That makes them a reliable option for event planners, retailers, and institutions that require certified products and prefer domestic manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified (COR)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in North America\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeets common institutional and retail sourcing preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these in vending machines and for themed decorations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe uniform 1-inch size and smooth shell make these gum balls ideal for vending machines, candy dispensers, jar displays, and monochrome-themed décor. Their unbranded surface also works well for gift jars, centerpieces, or marketing use where you want to add custom labels or signage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with most standard gumball machines and dispensers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnprinted surface—use for custom packaging or events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeep black color enhances themed displays like black-and-white events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I expect about taste, texture, and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese gumballs deliver a familiar sweet bubble-gum flavor and a firm, chewy texture that softens while you chew. Store them in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors to preserve freshness and maintain the glossy finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic bubble-gum flavor and resilient chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFirm shell preserves shine and reduces sticking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed in a cool, dry area for best shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Event planners, party supply retailers, candy-shop owners, and anyone organizing themed gatherings will appreciate these Candy Envy black gumballs for their consistent size, dramatic color, and kosher, North American production. They suit commercial vending, bulk candy sales, DIY favors, and decorative candy stations where a uniform, unbranded appearance is needed. If you want a compact, eye-catching bulk candy option that’s easy to store and dispense, these 1-inch black gumballs are a practical pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs come in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 113 gumballs per 2 lb bag; actual count may vary slightly by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, COR kosher-certified and produced in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004239302739,"sku":"B01MR3I4RA","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-black-gumballs-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787218190"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-white-1-inch-gumballs-2-lb-bag-113-pieces-kosher-north-american-made","title":"Candy Envy White 1-Inch Gumballs — 2 lb Bag (~113 Pieces), Kosher North American-Made","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy White 1-inch gumballs are smooth, unbranded chewing gumballs sold in a 2 lb bag with about 113 pieces—perfect for 1\" gumball machines, events, and bulk candy needs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic solid-white gumballs are made in North America and carry COR Kosher certification. Each gumball is unprinted, glossy, and sized to fit standard 1-inch dispensers; the bag contains roughly 113 pieces, ideal for refill jobs, party favors, baking decoration, or retail dispensing. The simple color and clean finish make them versatile for themed displays, weddings, or uniform vending setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these gumballs fit my 1\" gumball machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these Candy Envy gumballs are manufactured to a standard 1-inch diameter to work with most machines labeled for 1\" gumballs. Confirm your machine specifies a 1\" capacity before ordering to avoid sizing issues. Because the gumballs are unbranded and uniformly round, they feed predictably through coin-operated or manual dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard diameter: approximately 1 inch each\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: designed for machines that accept 1\" gumballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent sizing reduces jams and misfeeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 113 gumballs per 2 lb bag for accurate refill planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these gumballs produced and certified?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy manufactures these gumballs in North America under routine quality control. The product carries COR Kosher certification, signaling adherence to defined kosher standards during production and handling. Packaging and production practices prioritize food safety and reliable lot consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in North America with controlled quality checks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCOR Kosher-certified for customers seeking kosher confectionery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo external branding or printed logos on the gumballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed multi-use bag suitable for storage between refills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are common uses for white 1\" gumballs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe uniform white color and 1-inch size make these gumballs useful beyond vending: event candy stations, wedding favors, bakery decoration, craft projects, and promotional displays. Their neutral look lets you incorporate them into color-coded themes or paint\/coat them for custom designs. Bulk packaging makes them convenient for businesses and event planners who need predictable quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefilling 1\" gumball machines in shops or arcades\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWedding and party candy tables needing clean, neutral colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaking and confectionery decoration where consistency matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetail or bulk resale packaged by quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and handle the gumballs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. For long-term use, reseal the bag or transfer to an airtight container to prevent drying or sticking. Avoid exposing gumballs to heat or humidity that could soften the outer shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal bag or use an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to heat or sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck machine compatibility and remove any debris before refilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy White 1-inch gumballs are ideal for business owners who operate 1\" gumball machines, event planners and bakers who need consistent, unbranded white confections, and anyone seeking kosher-certified, North American-produced bulk candy. If you want predictable sizing, plain appearance for custom theming, and the convenience of a 2 lb bag with about 113 pieces, these gumballs are a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs come in a 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 113 one-inch gumballs per 2 lb bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs Kosher certified?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these Candy Envy gumballs carry COR Kosher certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004243136595,"sku":"B01N31E3NU","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-of-bag_202a9628-482f-4da4-867d-85cb5efae2d2.jpg?v=1787218263"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-shimmer-lavender-gumballs-1-grape-flavor-2-lb-bulk-bag-kosher-cor","title":"Candy Envy Shimmer Lavender Gumballs - 1\" Grape Flavor, 2 lb Bulk Bag, Kosher COR","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Shimmer Lavender Gumballs are grape-flavored, one-inch shimmering candies sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with about 113 gumballs per bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vibrant lavender gumballs combine a glossy, shimmery finish with classic grape flavor for party displays, candy buffets, or bulk retail. Each bag contains approximately 113 one-inch pieces that are COR (kosher) certified and manufactured in North America. The smooth, unprinted shells make them ideal for color-coordinated events, seasonal promotions, or candy jars where a clean appearance matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size and quantity do I get in one bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 2-pound bag contains roughly 113 gumballs, with each piece measuring about one inch in diameter. The count may vary slightly due to manufacturing tolerances, but the bag is designed for bulk use where consistent size and visual impact matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight: 2 pounds per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: 113 gumballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: ~1 inch (25 mm) diameter per gumball\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: resealable bulk bag suitable for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these gumballs perform in displays and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shimmer finish and uniform lavender color make these gumballs an eye-catching choice for centerpieces, candy stations, and themed events. Because the shells are unprinted, they blend smoothly into color schemes or can be mixed with other shades for gradient effects. Their consistent round shape stacks well in clear jars and bulk bins for retail presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, weddings, and seasonal decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShimmer finish adds visual depth under display lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnprinted shells allow easy color coordination or mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with clear jars, scoops, and self-serve bins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the flavor and ingredient highlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gumballs deliver a grape-flavored chew behind a crisp, glossy shell. They are made in North America and carry COR kosher certification, offering reassurance for customers seeking certified products. The plain shells have no printed text or logos, preserving the smooth shimmer and simplifying customization for edible labels or packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: grape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppearance: shimmering lavender outer shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: COR (kosher)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrigin: manufactured in North America\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these gumballs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bag sealed and store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain shine and texture. For events, transfer to clear jars or bowls shortly before guests arrive to keep the shimmer intact. The gumballs are easy to portion and serve with scoops or small tongs for hygiene and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry, and out of direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing: use scoops, tongs, or small serving dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePresentation: ideal in clear jars, glass bowls, or favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: follow printed best-by on packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Shimmer Lavender Gumballs suit event planners, retail candy vendors, bakery and café owners, and home hosts who need attractive, kosher-certified bulk candy. They’re also useful for DIY confectionery projects, themed parties, and promotional displays where color, consistency, and certified sourcing are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Corn Syrup, Gum Base (soy), Natural and Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze, Carnauba Wax, Potassium Aluminum Silicate-based Titanium Dioxide, Artificial Colors (including: Red 3, Blue 1), BHT(to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs kosher certified?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Candy Envy Shimmer Lavender Gumballs carry COR kosher certification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs come in a 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 2-pound bag contains approximately 113 one-inch gumballs, count may vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004249231443,"sku":"B0DZ92WBTD","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-shimmer-lavender.jpg?v=1787218324"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-red-1-inch-cherry-gumballs-2-lb-resealable-bag-kosher-certified-north-american-made","title":"Candy Envy Red 1-Inch Cherry Gumballs — 2 lb Resealable Bag, Kosher Certified, North American Made","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Red 1-inch gumballs are cherry-flavored, North American-made gum balls sold in a 2 lb bag with about 113 pieces, Kosher certified.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright red, classic round gumballs designed for candy dishes, vending machines, party favors, and display jars. These 1-inch Cherry-flavored spheres come in a resealable 2-pound bag that holds roughly 113 gumballs, made in North America and COR Kosher-certified for ingredient transparency. They pair well with retail counters, concession stands, event candy bars, and simple snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are these gumballs and how many come in a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach gumball measures approximately one inch (25 mm) in diameter, a size that works well for most vending machines, bulk displays, and candy scoops. The bag is sold by weight—2 pounds—which roughly equals 113 gumballs, though exact counts may vary slightly by batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiameter: ~1 inch (25 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBag weight: 2 lb (approx. 0.91 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: 113 gumballs per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCount variability: small fluctuations possible with production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from Candy Envy Red gumballs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese gumballs offer a pronounced cherry flavor with a firm candy shell and a chewy gum center. The outer shell provides a crisp initial bite and glossy color, while the inner gum is soft enough for long-lasting chew enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor profile: Cherry-forward, sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShell: Firm, glossy finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCenter: Chewy gum for extended chewing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for: snacking, displays, vending\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs suitable for specific dietary or retail needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy Red gumballs are COR Kosher-certified and manufactured in North America, which supports retailers and customers looking for regional production and Kosher verification. Packaging lists ingredients and certification so stores and event planners can confirm suitability for guests seeking Kosher options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: COR Kosher-certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in North America\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: clear labeling of weight and certification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse cases: retail, events, vending machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store or display the gumballs to keep them fresh and attractive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve color and texture; airtight containers or resealable bags help maintain freshness. For retail and event displays, use clear jars or bowls to showcase the bright red color and refill frequently to keep displays full and inviting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry, away from heat and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: resealable bag—transfer to airtight container for long-term storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisplay tips: clear jars, scoops, and labeled pricing for retail\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefilling: restock displays as needed to keep presentation full\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Red 1-inch gumballs are ideal for retailers, event planners, concession stands, and home hosts who want an affordable, eye-catching cherry-flavored candy option with Kosher certification and North American production. Whether you need bulk candy for party favors, vending machines, or a colorful candy buffet, this 2 lb bag delivers a predictable size, strong color, and recognizable cherry taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Gum Base (soy), Corn Starch, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze, Carnauba Wax, Artificial Colors (including Red 40), BHT (to maintain freshness)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many gumballs are in a 2 lb Candy Envy bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 2 lb bag contains about 113 one-inch gumballs; exact counts can vary slightly by batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs Kosher and where are they made?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Candy Envy Red gumballs are COR Kosher-certified and manufactured in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004249362515,"sku":"B0DZ8STHP3","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_e542a63a-bc92-4c61-b841-686a40f972fb.jpg?v=1787218347"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-assorted-1-inch-gumballs-2-lb-bag-113-kosher-certified-north-american-made","title":"Candy Envy Assorted 1-Inch Gumballs — 2 lb Bag (≈113) Kosher-Certified, North American Made","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Assorted 1-inch gumballs — a 2 lb bag of about 113 colorful, unprinted gumballs that deliver classic chewable flavor for parties, vending, and events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Candy Envy gumballs are bite-sized, visually bright, and made in North America with COR kosher certification. Each smooth, glossy sphere measures roughly 1 inch and comes in a mixed assortment of flavors and colors without any printed logos — a clean, versatile choice for candy dishes, bulk displays, vending machines, party favors, and creative baking or decorating projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are these gumballs and how many come per bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach gumball is approximately one inch in diameter, sized to fit standard gumball machines and to be easy for adults and children to chew. The 2-pound pack contains roughly 113 gumballs, though exact counts can vary slightly by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAverage diameter: ~1 inch (25 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count per bag: 113 gumballs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBag weight: 2 pounds (bulk packaging by weight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnprinted finish: no branding on the candy surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag includes a variety of flavored gumballs represented by bright, assorted colors. Flavors are blended across the mix to provide a classic candy-shop experience without single-flavor labeling. This variety works well for multi-use settings where visual appeal and choice matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted colors for eye-catching displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed flavors for varied taste options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo single-flavor guarantees per bag — mixes vary\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlossy coating for visual shine and shelf presence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these gumballs suitable for machines, events, or food service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the uniform one-inch size is compatible with standard gumball and bulk-dispensing machines and the unprinted surface keeps machine mechanisms cleaner. The COR kosher certification and North American production make them appropriate for many food-service and event uses, though you should confirm local food-safety rules for commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits most coin-operated gumball machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for party candy tables and favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified and North American-made\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk bag format designed for refilling and displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these gumballs to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened bags in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve color and texture. After opening, reseal the bag or transfer gumballs to an airtight container to reduce exposure to humidity and airborne odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature storage, away from heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAirtight container after opening recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged sunlight to retain color intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within typical shelf-life guidelines printed on packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Assorted 1-inch gumballs are for storeowners, event planners, vending operators, party hosts, and crafters who need an eye-catching, kosher-certified bulk candy option made in North America. Choose this two-pound bag if you want consistent size, bright visuals, and unbranded gumballs ready for machines, favors, centerpieces, or creative uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Glucose (corn syrup), Chewing Gum Base (Soy), Corn Starch, Natural \u0026amp; Artificial Flavors, Glycerin, Tapioca Dextrin, Confectioner's Glaze,Carnauba Wax, Potassium aluminum silicate-based titanium dioxide and iron oxide, Artificial Colors (including Blue 1), BHT (to maintain freshness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Candy Envy gumballs kosher?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — these gumballs are COR kosher-certified and made in North America.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will these fit my coin-operated gumball machine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They are approximately 1 inch and compatible with most standard gumball machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004635730003,"sku":"B01N7PFXY0","price":67.01,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_259f7a6f-8b25-45d8-b25c-e85c3232d3ea.jpg?v=1787223833"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-2-lb-bulk-bag-150-soft-chewy-pieces-assorted-color-wrappers","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels, 2 lb Bulk Bag — ~150 Soft Chewy Pieces, Assorted Color Wrappers","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels are soft, single-serve caramels in colorful wrappers sold in a 2-pound bulk bag containing about 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bite-sized caramels come individually wrapped in a variety of bright colors, making them convenient for candy dishes, party favors, office treats, or seasonal displays. The wrappers are decorative and do not reflect the candy's color—the caramels themselves are classic caramel-brown and meant to be enjoyed at room temperature for the intended soft texture. The bag is filled by weight, so piece count is approximate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long do these caramels stay fresh once opened?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, the individually wrapped pieces keep their quality for the shelf life printed on the package. Wrapping each piece individually helps maintain freshness after opening compared with unwrapped candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a sealed container or resealable bag to protect from humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature is ideal; avoid refrigeration to preserve softness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume within the manufacturer’s recommended period for best flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions and uses work best for a 2-pound bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound, ~150-piece bag fits a wide range of uses where individually wrapped candies are helpful. They’re easy to portion for party favors, register candy bowls, holiday stuffing, corporate events, or classroom rewards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favor bags and candy buffets — bright wrappers add visual appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice or reception bowls — individually wrapped for hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift baskets and holiday stockings — ready to include without extra wrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these caramels soft or hard, and how should I serve them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels are formulated to be soft and chewy at ambient room temperature. If you live in a very cold climate, allow the bag to warm up indoors so the candies reach their intended texture before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe at room temperature for a soft mouthfeel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf chilled, allow 15–30 minutes to acclimate before unwrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for pairing with coffee or tea, or enjoying solo as a sweet bite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about the wrappers and appearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe colorful wrappers are meant to make the candy visually fun and festive; they do not indicate flavor or the candy’s color. The caramels themselves are classic caramel-brown, and each piece is individually sealed to preserve quality and ease distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted wrapper colors add a decorative element to displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper color does not correspond to a specific flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces are convenient for hygiene and portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels suit event planners, small-business owners, teachers, and anyone who needs a convenient, crowd-pleasing sweet in bulk. They’re ideal for hosts wanting an attractive, no-fuss candy option, workplaces that prefer individually wrapped treats, and households that appreciate ready-to-use sweets for holidays, celebrations, or everyday enjoyment. If you want soft, classic caramels presented in bright wrappers for easy serving and gifting, this 2-pound bag is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures:\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eDelicious caramels adorned with beautiful colorful wrappers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eSoft Caramels - Please allow to acclimate to ambient room temperature, especially if you are in a cold climate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e2 Pound Bag - Filled by weight, with 150 Pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eCaramels are caramel color - Note that the outside wrapper does not represent the color of the actual caramel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003eCandy is supposed to be FUN! If for any reason you are unsatisfied, let us know and we will take care of it right away!\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag is filled by weight and contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels; piece count is approximate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Should I refrigerate these caramels?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—store at room temperature for the intended soft texture; if cold, allow pieces to warm before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004743864403,"sku":"B0BTQ65MSQ","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_73eddf23-ff37-4828-bcbd-409e1a36e0c0.jpg?v=1787226496"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-hot-pink-2-lb-bulk-bag-150-pieces-soft-chewy","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels — Hot Pink, 2 lb Bulk Bag, ~150 Pieces, Soft Chewy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Hot Pink Individually Wrapped Caramels are soft, bite-sized caramels packaged in bright hot pink wrappers—sold in a 2-pound bulk bag containing approximately 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine classic, chewy caramel flavor with festive hot pink presentation that’s ideal for parties, wedding favors, candy buffets, or retail displays. Each piece is individually wrapped to preserve freshness and simplify portioning. The wrappers are decorative and vibrant; the candies themselves have the expected caramel color and soft texture. Packaged by weight, the bag contains roughly 150 pieces and should be allowed to come to room temperature if shipped to cooler climates for best softness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these caramels packaged and how many pieces come in a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe caramels arrive in a sealed 2-pound bag filled by weight, not by exact piece count. You can expect about 150 individually wrapped caramels per bag, though individual counts may vary slightly by manufacturing tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-pound resealable-style bag for bulk convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 individually wrapped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight—piece counts can vary slightly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach candy preserved by its own wrapper for hygiene and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these caramels taste and feel like, and any storage tips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are soft, chewy caramels with the familiar buttery-sweet flavor of classic caramel confections. The wrappers are decorative only—the caramels inside are the standard caramel color and should be allowed to warm up to room temperature if they arrive chilled, which restores optimal softness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy texture when at ambient temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic caramel flavor—no flavoring claims beyond taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf cold, let candies acclimate to room temperature for best chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and how can I use these hot pink wrapped caramels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vibrant hot pink wrappers make these caramels a ready-made accent for celebrations, seasonal displays, or retail packages. Because they’re individually wrapped and sold in bulk, they’re handy for wedding favors, candy buffets, classroom parties, or filling jars and gift baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors: quick, colorful individual treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWedding or baby-shower accents that match pink color themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy buffets and bulk displays for easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetail resale or packaged gift inserts that need bright presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any product limitations or appearance notes I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outside wrapper’s color is decorative and does not indicate the candy’s interior color—the caramels are the expected caramel shade. Because the bag is filled by weight, exact piece counts can vary, and colder shipping conditions can temporarily firm the caramels until they reach room temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHot pink wrap is decorative; candy inside is caramel-colored\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBag weight determines quantity, so piece counts are approximate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChilled shipments may harden candies temporarily—allow to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Candy Envy customer support if you’re unsatisfied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Hot Pink Individually Wrapped Caramels suit event planners, small retailers, bakers, and anyone assembling themed gift packages who want an easy, eye-catching candy option. They’re best for people who need individually portioned sweets in a bold color for visual impact and convenient distribution. If you want soft, classic caramels with festive presentation in bulk quantities, this product delivers a balance of flavor, convenience, and bright appearance without the need for individual repackaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2-pound bag contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels; piece counts may vary slightly because the bag is filled by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the caramels hard if they arrive cold?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: If the caramels arrive firm from cold shipping, let them come to room temperature and they will return to their soft, chewy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005060862035,"sku":"B087WS6X4W","price":72.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-hot-pink-front-bag.jpg?v=1787232788"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-2-lb-bulk-white-wrappers-150-bite-sized-soft-caramels","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels — 2 lb Bulk White Wrappers, ~150 Bite-Sized Soft Caramels","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy's individually wrapped soft caramels in white wrappers are a two‑pound bulk bag of bite‑sized, ready‑to‑share treats with approximately 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're stocking a candy buffet, filling favor bags, or keeping a jar at the office, these caramels combine classic buttery flavor with convenient single‑serve wrappers. The exterior wrapper is bright white for a clean, versatile appearance, while each caramel inside is the traditional caramel color and texture. The bag is filled by weight and contains about 150 pieces; because the candies are soft, we recommend letting them warm to room temperature before serving if they've been shipped or stored in cool conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these caramels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. If the caramels feel firm from cold storage, allow them to sit at room temperature for 30–60 minutes to regain their soft chew without overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature or slightly cooler, away from heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAcclimate for 30–60 minutes if chilled to restore softness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed to prevent moisture absorption and flavor change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are in the 2‑pound bag and what size are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is filled by weight and contains approximately 150 individually wrapped caramels, making it easy to portion for events or everyday sharing. Each piece is bite‑sized, convenient for candy dishes, trick‑or‑treating, or adding to gift bags without cutting or measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 individually wrapped caramels per 2 lb bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBite‑sized pieces ideal for single‑serve distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform weight fill rather than exact piece count ensures consistent bulk pricing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the wrappers representative of the candy color and do they affect freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe white wrappers are decorative and do not reflect the caramel’s color—the candy itself is the traditional caramel brown. Individual wrapping helps maintain freshness and makes handling hygienic for parties and public displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper color is aesthetic only; caramels inside are caramel‑colored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrap preserves flavor and reduces stickiness between pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for buffets, candy jars, or bagged favors where presentation matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I'm not satisfied with my purchase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy aims to make candy shopping fun and hassle‑free; if your order doesn’t meet expectations, contact customer support and they’ll help make it right. Common concerns like damaged packaging or unexpected texture can often be resolved quickly through their satisfaction policy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReach out to vendor support for damaged or unsatisfactory orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReturns and replacements handled per seller guidelines for packaged candy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomer service focuses on quick resolution to keep events on track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Candy Envy individually wrapped caramels are made for event planners, small businesses, party hosts, and anyone who wants a convenient, crowd‑friendly sweet option. They work well for weddings, office candy bowls, classrooms, holiday candy stations, or as an economical choice for bulk gifting. If you need an attractive, easy‑to‑distribute candy with soft chew and classic caramel taste—wrapped for cleanliness and presentation—this two‑pound bag is a practical, ready‑to‑serve choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do the white wrappers mean the candy is white?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—the white wrapper is only decorative; the caramels inside are the traditional caramel color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do these caramels stay soft?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stored sealed at room temperature, they keep their soft texture for the expected shelf life; avoid heat and humidity for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005063450707,"sku":"B087NKFRMS","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_d026d3b4-e113-4ffb-809c-d5d354e32f7b.jpg?v=1787232806"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-lilac-wrapper-2-lb-bulk-bag-150-pieces-soft-chewy","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels - Lilac Wrapper, 2 lb Bulk Bag, ~150 Pieces, Soft Chewy","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy’s Lilac Individually Wrapped Caramels are soft, classic caramels packaged in pretty lilac wrappers and sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with about 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese chewy caramels combine a timeless caramel flavor with the convenience and presentation of individual wrapping. The lilac wrappers add a coordinated pop of color for events, gift baskets, or retail displays, while the candies themselves are a warm caramel shade. The 2-pound bag is filled by weight and typically contains approximately 150 pieces, making it easy to portion for parties, promotions, or everyday treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these caramels perform at parties and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped format keeps each caramel sanitary and ready to hand out, display, or place in party favors. The lilac wrappers create a cohesive look for themed gatherings without extra packaging work.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 individually wrapped pieces per 2 lb bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to scatter in bowls, favor bags, or candy stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrappers protect candies from sticking together and simplify distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the wrapper color match the candy inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outside wrapper is decorative only; the caramels themselves are a traditional caramel color. Expect the wrapper to add color to your presentation while the candy maintains its classic appearance and texture.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLilac wrappers are for appearance and coordination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eActual caramels are a golden-brown caramel color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper color does not indicate flavor differences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these caramels for best texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause these caramels are soft, allow them to reach room temperature if they were shipped or stored in a cold environment. Keep them in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and prevent melting or hardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area; avoid heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf chilled, let sit at ambient temperature before serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers for long-term storage to maintain softness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this 2-pound option practical for retailers or bulk buyers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound bulk bag is filled by weight, offering a cost-effective choice for shops, event planners, or anyone stocking up. With about 150 pieces per bag, it’s simple to estimate quantities for displays, giveaways, or baked-goods inclusion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight—about 150 caramels per bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging reduces labor compared with individually repackaging loose candy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttractive wrappers increase impulse sales and improve presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy’s Lilac Individually Wrapped Caramels are ideal for event planners, small retailers, candy buffet coordinators, and gift-makers who want convenient, attractive, grab-and-go caramels. They also suit anyone organizing color-themed parties, corporate giveaways, or thoughtful candy dishes at receptions. If you want flavorful, soft caramels that are presentation-ready without additional wrapping, this 2-pound bag makes portioning simple and visually appealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicious caramels adorned with a beautiful lilac wrapper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft Caramels - Please allow to acclimate to ambient room temperature, especially if you are in a cold climate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 Pound Bag - Filled by weight, with 150 Pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramels are caramel color - Note that the outside wrapper does not represent the color of the actual caramel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy is supposed to be FUN! If for any reason you are unsatisfied, let us know and we will take care of it right away!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2-pound bag is filled by weight and contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the caramels hard or soft?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: These are soft caramels; if they arrive cold, let them come to room temperature for the best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005063549011,"sku":"B087N63BC7","price":77.54,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-lilac-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787232807"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-2-lb-bulk-navy-blue-wrappers-soft-chewy-buttery-flavor","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels - 2 lb Bulk, Navy Blue Wrappers, Soft Chewy Buttery Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels are soft, chewy caramel candies packaged in eye-catching navy blue wrappers and sold in a 2‑pound bulk bag containing about 150 pieces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine classic buttery flavor with the convenience of single‑serve wrappers, making them a simple choice for parties, gift jars, retail displays, and everyday snacking. The navy blue wrapper gives a polished, coordinated look for themed events without implying the candy's interior color — the caramels themselves are the familiar golden caramel hue. Packaged by weight, this two‑pound bag contains approximately 150 individually wrapped pieces; allowing the candies to reach room temperature before serving will keep their texture soft and chewy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these wrapped caramels make event planning easier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces streamline setup and distribution, eliminating extra utensils or handling and helping keep serving areas tidy. The navy blue wrappers create a cohesive color scheme for weddings, corporate events, holiday parties, and themed gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-serve single portions reduce cross-contamination and waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e150 pieces per 2 lb bag is suitable for medium-sized candy stations or multiple favor bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable wrappers hold up in bowls, jars, and candy trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the texture and flavor profile of these caramels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are soft caramels with a tender, chewy center and a rich, buttery sweetness that caramel lovers expect. They are packaged to maintain freshness and should be allowed to acclimate to room temperature if delivered in cold weather to preserve the intended softness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eButtery, sweet caramel flavor with a smooth chew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft texture when warmed to ambient temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent quality across individually wrapped pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow suitable are these caramels for retail or resale use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2‑pound bag is filled by weight, providing a cost‑effective supply for small retailers, concession stands, or office pantries. Because each piece is wrapped, they’re easy to display in bulk bins, counter jars, or gift baskets while maintaining hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity simplifies restocking and displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping meets customer expectations for cleanliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral navy blue packaging works with many brand palettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about storage and handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to prevent stickiness or melting. If the candies arrive cool from shipping in cold climates, allow them to come to room temperature before opening to avoid condensation inside wrappers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep at ambient room temperature for best chewiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid humid conditions that can cause clumping or stickiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed bag protects freshness until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This product is designed for event planners, small retailers, office managers, and anyone who wants a tidy, visually coordinated candy option in bulk. If you need a crowd-friendly treat that combines the nostalgic taste of caramel with the practicality of single servings and attractive navy blue presentation, this two‑pound bag from Candy Envy fits the bill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicious caramels adorned with a beautiful navy blue wrapper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft Caramels - Please allow to acclimate to ambient room temperature, especially if you are in a cold climate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 Pound Bag - Filled by weight, with 150 Pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaramels are caramel color - Note that the outside wrapper does not represent the color of the actual caramel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy is supposed to be FUN! If for any reason you are unsatisfied, let us know and we will take care of it right away!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 150 individually wrapped caramels per 2‑pound bag, filled by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Should I warm the caramels before serving?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: If shipped in cold weather, allow the caramels to reach room temperature for optimal softness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005063647315,"sku":"B087N8VD5N","price":72.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-of-bag-navy-blue.jpg?v=1787232808"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-green-caramels-2-lb-bulk-150-soft-chewy-pieces","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Green Caramels — 2 lb Bulk, ~150 Soft Chewy Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy's individually wrapped green caramels are soft, bite-sized caramels sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with approximately 150 pieces—ideal for parties, events, and candy dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine classic chewy texture with festive green wrappers for easy portioning and presentation. The candy itself is caramel-colored and soft; the bright wrapper provides an attractive pop of color for seasonal displays, holiday favors, or everyday candy bowls. Each bag is filled by weight and includes roughly 150 individually wrapped pieces so you can offer one-at-a-time servings without sticky fingers or wasted packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these caramels a good choice for events and holidays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBringing a visually coordinated treat to an event is effortless with Candy Envy green-wrapped caramels. The wrappers match green-themed parties and seasonal décor, while individual wrapping keeps each piece hygienic and easy to distribute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-pound bulk bag provides enough pieces for medium gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for clean, grab-and-go servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreen wrapper complements St. Patrick’s Day, Christmas accents, or themed weddings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft texture appeals to a broad range of ages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these caramels for best texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the unopened bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain softness and flavor. If the caramels arrive chilled, allow them to sit at room temperature for a short time—especially in cold climates—so they regain their expected chewiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature storage recommended for optimal texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat to prevent melting of wrappers or caramel stickiness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow acclimation time if shipped in cold weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers for long-term storage once opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are included, and are quantities consistent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is filled by weight rather than by exact piece count, and you can expect about 150 individually wrapped caramels in a 2-pound pack. Because of natural size variation and weight filling, the precise count may vary slightly between bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate piece count: 150 caramels per 2-pound bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight—actual piece count can vary slightly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces make portion control simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These green-wrapped Candy Envy caramels are aimed at event planners, candy buffet curators, small business owners, teachers, and anyone wanting a ready-to-serve, colorful candy option. They work well for seasonal parties, office candy dishes, wedding favors, classroom treats (check school policies first), and retail displays. If you need an attractive, hygienic, and easy-to-distribute caramel for gatherings or merchandising, this 2-pound bulk bag delivers convenience and visual impact without complex handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote:\u003c\/em\u003e The wrapper color is decorative and does not indicate the flavor or color of the caramel inside. If you have specific dietary questions or ingredient concerns, please consult the product label or contact customer service for ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the caramels actually green inside?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—the wrapper is green for decoration; the caramel inside is the usual caramel color and soft in texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 150 individually wrapped pieces per 2-pound bag, though counts can vary slightly since bags are filled by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005065416787,"sku":"B087N2P26P","price":72.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-green-carameled-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787232828"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-soft-caramels-blue-wrapper-2-lb-bag-150-pieces-chewy-butter-flavor","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Soft Caramels — Blue Wrapper, 2 lb Bag, ~150 Pieces, Chewy Butter Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy individually wrapped soft caramels in blue wrappers — a 2-pound bag with approximately 150 pieces—are chewy, buttery treats wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine classic caramel flavor with colorful presentation: each bite is a soft, chewy caramel (natural caramel color) encased in a bright blue wrapper. The bag is filled by weight, so you’ll receive around 150 individually wrapped pieces—ideal for events, candy dishes, or bulk snacking. Note that the blue wrapper is decorative and does not indicate the candy’s interior color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these caramels taste and feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe caramels deliver a traditional buttery caramel flavor with a soft, chewy texture that yields easily to the bite. They are not a hard candy or a brittle toffee—expect a tender chew that’s pleasant for most ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft chew, gentle texture that’s easy to bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic caramel flavor—sweet and buttery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to lock in freshness and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInterior color: natural caramel (wrapper color is decorative)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the 2-pound bag of wrapped caramels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for best texture and shelf life. If the caramels feel firm because of cold shipping or storage, let them acclimate to room temperature for the soft texture to return.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at ambient room temperature in a dry area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow acclimation if exposed to cold—do not microwave\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces make portioning and sharing simple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal bag or transfer to an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions or uses are these blue-wrapped caramels best for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels work well for parties, corporate events, candy buffets, classroom treats, or as bowl candy in retail settings. The blue wrappers add a coordinated color accent for themed events or seasonal displays while keeping each piece hygienic and easy to hand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvent favor or candy buffet staple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice candy jar or reception counter bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors, weddings, or holiday color coordination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces will I actually get and what should I expect in the packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is sold by weight and contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels in total. Because filling is by weight, the exact count can vary slightly from bag to bag, but you should expect roughly the advertised number of pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-pound net weight per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 individually wrapped caramels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContents filled by weight—minor count variation possible\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlue wrappers for easy visual identification and themed displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy’s blue-wrapped caramels are for hosts, retailers, event planners, and snack lovers who want soft, individually wrapped caramel candies in bulk. If you need an attractive, easy-to-distribute sweet with classic flavor and a fun blue presentation—whether for a party bowl, gift bags, or countertop display—this 2-pound option provides value, convenience, and ready-to-serve pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn syrup, sugar, milk, buttermilk,. Contains 2% or less of: whey, salt, bicarbonate of soda, glyceryl monostearate, glycerin, natrual flavors, soy lecithin (an emulsifier)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these caramels hard or soft?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They are soft, chewy caramels. If firm from cold, allow them to warm to room temperature for a softer texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in one bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2-pound bag contains about 150 individually wrapped pieces; actual counts may vary slightly by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005065613395,"sku":"B087N3NP6D","price":72.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-of-bag_167d2224-52df-4006-a4af-6dbc3271f55f.jpg?v=1787232828"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-gold-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-24-individually-wrapped-7-sticks-original-sugar-flavor","title":"Candy Envy Gold Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — 24 Individually Wrapped 7\" Sticks, Original Sugar Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Gold Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are 24 individually wrapped 7\" sugar sticks with a classic original sugar flavor and 4\" of crystallized candy on each stick.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese nostalgic gold rock candy sticks bring a timeless sweet crunch and a shimmering presentation to parties, hot beverages, cocktail bars, or candy displays. Each stick is clear-wrapped to preserve freshness and shows off the bright gold crystals sugarlized along a sturdy stick. At roughly 22 grams per stick and measuring about 7 inches from base to tip—including approximately 4 inches of crystallized candy—these pieces offer generous size and visual impact for favors, drink stirrers, or sampling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these rock candy sticks elevate my event or table display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGold rock candy adds both color and tactile interest to decorations and dessert tables without extra prep. Their individual wrapping keeps them hygienic for guests, while the gold finish draws attention in centerpieces, favor boxes, or candy buffets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 individually wrapped sticks ready for place settings or favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGold crystals create an eye-catching metallic accent for themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 7\" size works as a decorative stirrer for tall glassware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent 22g weight means uniform presentation and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these sugar sticks in drinks, and how should I serve them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these original sugar-flavored sticks are ideal for stirring into hot tea, coffee, or specialty cocktails to slowly sweeten and release crystal sweetness. They also make attractive glass garnishes, placed across the rim or used as a sweet spoon for dessert beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a stirrer for tea, coffee, cider, or hot chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to cocktails to sweeten gradually while decorating the glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe upright in tall glasses or in holders for self-serve stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear wrapping protects hygiene if pre-set at tables or bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the product dimensions, flavor profile, and packaging details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Candy Envy stick measures approximately 7 inches from the bottom of the stick to the top of the candy cluster, with roughly 4 inches of crystallized sugar. The flavor is classic, straightforward sugar—no added fruit or complex flavorings—making it versatile across beverages and desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverall length: about 7 inches; candy length: ~4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAverage weight: 22 grams per stick for generous portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor: Original sugar—pure, neutral sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: 24 individually clear-wrapped sticks for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these rock candy sticks to keep them at peak quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the individually wrapped sticks in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and strong odors. Keep them sealed in their original wrapping until use to prevent moisture absorption and preserve the crystals' texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a dry environment to avoid sticky crystals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high humidity and direct heat which can melt or clump crystals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within a reasonable timeframe for best crunch and appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping makes them travel- and display-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Gold Rock Candy Sugar Sticks suit hosts and caterers planning weddings, birthdays, or themed parties, beverage professionals seeking decorative sweeteners, and anyone who enjoys retro-style confections. If you want an easy-to-use, visually striking sugar accessory that doubles as a favor or garnish, these large gold sugar sticks deliver consistent size, simple original sweetness, and an attractive wrapped presentation for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these rock candy sticks safe to stir into hot drinks?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each stick is made for stirring beverages—the crystals dissolve slowly to sweeten drinks and the stick remains sturdy during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many sticks come in a package and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack includes 24 individually wrapped sticks, each about 7 inches long with roughly 4 inches of crystal and about 22 grams in weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005096513619,"sku":"B07CY8NDBS","price":84.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-gold-rock-candy.jpg?v=1787233535"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-red-square-pops-cinnamon-lollipops-24-pack-1-cube-on-4-stick-individually-wrapped","title":"Candy Envy Red Square Pops Cinnamon Lollipops — 24-Pack 1\" Cube on 4\" Stick, Individually Wrapped","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Red Square Pops are individually wrapped cinnamon-flavored lollipops shaped as 1-inch red candy cubes on 4-inch sticks, sold in a convenient 24-count pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Red Square Pops from Candy Envy combine a nostalgic hard-candy pop with a modern geometric look: each lollipop features a one-inch square candy mounted on a four-inch stick and sealed in its own wrapper for freshness. The pronounced cinnamon profile gives the candies a warm, spicy bite that works well for seasonal displays, party favors, or anytime you want a bold red candy with a playful shape. Because they’re individually wrapped and uniform in size, they’re easy to portion, gift, or display on dessert tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these lollipops different from ordinary round pops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of the usual circular design, Candy Envy Red Square Pops use a cube-shaped candy that stands out visually and stacks neatly for displays. The square profile also offers consistent bite size and a distinctive look that draws attention on a candy board or in jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1\" cube of candy for even, predictable servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ebold cinnamon flavor tailored for those who like spicy sweets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003euniform shape simplifies arranging in centerpieces or candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these lollipops packaged and measured?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pop comes individually wrapped to preserve flavor and hygiene, and the pack contains 24 lollipops. From the top of the red candy cube to the end of the stick the total length is approximately four inches, making them compact but easy to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 pops per pack—great for small parties or sampling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eindividually wrapped for transport and guest distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4\" overall length with a 1\" candy cube for consistent portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions are Red Square Pops best suited for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir bright red color and cinnamon taste make these pops versatile for many events: holidays, themed parties, classroom treats, or baked-good toppers. Their distinctive cube shape and red hue add visual interest to candy buffets and make simple favors feel curated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eholiday decorations and seasonal giveaways\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eparty favors for birthdays, weddings, or baby showers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eretail candy jars, concession stands, and event snack stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve and store the lollipops for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the pops sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. For events, present them upright in jars or display stands; remove only the number you plan to serve to keep remaining pops fresh longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003estore at room temperature in a dry environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003edisplay upright in clear jars or tiered stands for impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eideal for pre-packing into gift bags or placing in candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Candy Envy Red Square Pops suit hosts and event planners who want eye-catching, easy-to-serve sweets; confectionery retailers seeking a distinctive, shelf-ready candy; and anyone who prefers a pronounced cinnamon flavor in a tidy, individually wrapped portion. If you need a compact, visually striking lollipop that travels well and makes a statement on dessert tables, this 24-pack offers an economical and convenient option without sacrificing bold taste or presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these lollipops individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each of the 24 Candy Envy Red Square Pops is individually wrapped for freshness and easy distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What is the size of the candy and the stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each lollipop has a 1-inch candy cube and a total length of about 4 inches from candy top to stick end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005134032979,"sku":"B0170JQMLO","price":83.38,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candyenvy-red-square-pops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787234139"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-individually-wrapped-caramels-2-lb-bulk-bag-black-wrappers-soft-bite-sized","title":"Candy Envy Individually Wrapped Caramels — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Black Wrappers, Soft Bite-Sized","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy's Individually Wrapped Caramels in Black Wrapper are soft, bite-sized caramels sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with approximately 150 wrapped pieces—ideal for gifting, parties, or retail displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels arrive individually wrapped in striking black wrappers for a sleek presentation that contrasts with the classic caramel color inside. Each bag is filled by weight and contains about 150 pieces, so you get a generous supply for events, candy jars, or seasonal promotions. The candies are soft and need time to warm to room temperature if stored cold to regain their intended chewiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Candy Envy caramels different from other bulk caramels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese caramels combine traditional flavor and a premium-looking black wrapper that elevates presentation without changing the classic caramel taste. They are portioned and wrapped individually, which helps with portion control, sanitation, and display versatility for both home and retail use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for easy handing and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack wrapper offers a modern, upscale look for gifting or events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft texture designed for a smooth chew when at room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight: approximately 2 pounds and 150 pieces per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and prepare these caramels for best texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct heat and strong odors to preserve flavor and texture. If the caramels have been refrigerated or exposed to cold, allow them to sit at ambient room temperature for a short while so they soften back to their intended chewiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a sealed container to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow acclimation to room temperature before serving if cold\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat or humidity which can alter texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within a reasonable timeframe after opening for best quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are included and is the count guaranteed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is sold by weight: a 2-pound bag yields about 150 pieces, but the exact count can vary slightly due to individual candy weight variation. Listing by weight ensures consistent net quantity even if individual piece sizes differ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 2 pounds per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate piece count: 150 individually wrapped caramels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFilled by weight (not exact piece count) for honest packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging designed for merchandising and easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the wrappers the same color as the caramel inside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo—the outside wrapper is a black decorative wrapper; the caramel inside is the traditional caramel color. The wrapper is intended for presentation and handling; it does not indicate the candy's internal color or flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack wrapper for an elegant, modern appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInside candy remains classic caramel color and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapper protects each piece for hygiene and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for themed events where a dark wrapper suits the décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy’s Individually Wrapped Caramels in Black Wrapper suit event planners, retailers, hospitality businesses, and home hosts who want a crowd-pleasing classic caramel packaged with a polished look. Whether you’re filling candy dishes, assembling gift baskets, running a candy station at a wedding, or stocking a boutique checkout jar, this 2-pound bulk bag delivers an attractive, easy-to-serve option with reliable weight-based packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: Delicious soft caramels in black wrappers, 2-pound bag, ~150 pieces, caramel-colored candy, please allow acclimation to room temperature if chilled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Semi-Skimmed Milk, Palm Oil, Whey, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Artificial Flavor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many caramels come in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2-pound bag contains about 150 individually wrapped caramels; exact count can vary slightly because the product is sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these caramels need to be warmed before eating?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: If stored cold, allow the caramels to reach room temperature to restore their intended soft texture before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005416853587,"sku":"B08LP375Z8","price":72.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-black-wrapper.jpg?v=1787239360"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-mermaid-rock-candy-sugar-sticks-18-individually-wrapped-pastel-sticks-pink-light-blue-lavender-7-inch-22g","title":"Candy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks — 18 Individually Wrapped Pastel Sticks (Pink, Light Blue, Lavender) 7-inch, 22g","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are colorful 7-inch confectionery sticks—18 individually wrapped pieces in pink (cherry), light blue (cotton candy), and lavender (tutti frutti)—each with about 4 inches of sugar crystals for a generous 22‑gram bite.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks turn simple sweets into a themed statement for parties, drink garnishes, and sweet-tooth moments. Each stick is crystal-coated on the wooden stirrer and individually wrapped for freshness and easy distribution. The set includes three kid-friendly flavor profiles and pastel hues designed to coordinate with mermaid, under-the-sea, or pastel-party palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the flavors and colors matched, and what should I expect when tasting them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe collection includes three distinct combinations: light blue for cotton candy, lavender for tutti frutti, and pink for cherry. Flavors are subtle and sweet, pairing well with beverages or desserts rather than overpowering them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight blue — cotton candy flavor, delicate and airy on the palate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLavender — tutti frutti, a mixed-fruit sweetness with a playful note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePink — cherry, classic candied cherry sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach stick contains roughly 22 grams and about 4 inches of crystallized sugar for a substantial treat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the Candy Envy rock candy sticks and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach rock candy stick measures about 7 inches from the bottom of the wooden stirrer to the top of the crystals, with approximately 4 inches of sugar candy on the stick. The 18-piece set ships with every stick individually wrapped to protect the crystal structure and keep flavors fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length: ~7 inches per stick (stick + candy).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar candy portion: ~4 inches of crystallized sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeight: about 22 grams per stick for an extra-large confection size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene, gifting, and easy party distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these rock candy sticks at events or with drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMermaid Rock Candy Sticks are versatile: use them as colorful party favors, stirrers for hot cocoa or cocktails, or decorative toppers for cupcakes and dessert tables. Their pastel hues add an instant themed accent while dissolving slowly to sweeten drinks or melt into sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors: place in favor bags or display in glass jars for a mermaid or ocean-themed table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrink stirrers: stir hot drinks to slowly sweeten or use as cocktail garnishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBakeshop décor: top cupcakes or dessert platters for an eye-catching shimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift-ready: individually wrapped for easy inclusion in goodie bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these rock candy sticks safe for kids and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sticks are designed for all ages as a novelty confection, but supervision is recommended for very young children due to the hard crystal texture. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to keep crystals intact and preserve flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupervise small children while eating to prevent choking on hard crystals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep packaging sealed until use to maintain crisp crystal texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature; avoid humid environments that may melt or stick crystals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Mermaid Rock Candy Sugar Sticks are ideal for hosts planning mermaid, ocean, or pastel-themed parties, bakers and baristas seeking an attractive stirrer or garnish, and anyone who wants a colorful, individually wrapped sweet to include in gift bags, event displays, or drink service. They suit event planners, parents, small-business bakers, and anyone looking for a whimsical, sizable candy accent that mixes visual appeal with long-lasting sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, WATER, ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, ARTIFICIAL COLORS (FD\u0026amp;C BLUE 1, RED 3)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many rock candy sticks are included and what flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get 18 individually wrapped sticks: light blue (cotton candy), lavender (tutti frutti), and pink (cherry).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What is the size and weight of each stick?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each stick measures about 7 inches total with ~4 inches of crystals and weighs roughly 22 grams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005540946003,"sku":"B07WMZW8CV","price":84.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging-mermaid-rock-candy.jpg?v=1787241872"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-money-buttermints-13-oz-bag-individually-wrapped-105-novelty-money-print-mints","title":"Candy Envy Money Buttermints 13 oz Bag — Individually Wrapped ~105 Novelty Money-Print Mints","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Money Buttermints are a 13-ounce bag of creamy, individually wrapped novelty mints printed with four playful money-themed bill designs—about 105 mints per bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese small, smooth buttermints combine the classic buttery mint flavor with eye-catching wrappers styled like currency, making them a fun choice for parties, promotions, and tabletop treats. Each bag is filled with individually wrapped pieces so the mints stay fresh and are easy to distribute, display, or add to gift bags. The design balances presentation and convenience: creamy texture inside and novelty-printed wrappers outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these buttermints different from regular mints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike plain unwrapped mints, Candy Envy Money Buttermints arrive individually sealed and printed with four distinct novelty bill designs for added visual appeal. The wrapper art adds a conversation-starting touch at events while the buttermint base keeps the familiar smooth, melt-in-your-mouth feel many expect from wedding or pillow mints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 13 ounces per bag, ~105 mints total\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour unique printed bill-style wrappers for variety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy buttermint texture that dissolves slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and easy gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these for events or promotions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoney Buttermints are ideal for any money-themed celebration or business giveaway where a small, attractive treat is useful. They work well as table mints, candy buffet additions, event favors, or in branded jars at a reception desk. Because each piece is wrapped, they’re simple to portion into bags, boxes, or centerpiece bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for St. Patrick’s, casino nights, or financial industry events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as wedding\/dinner mints or party favor pack-ins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute at trade shows, counters, or receptions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWrapped pieces reduce mess and simplify service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I expect for taste, texture, and shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese buttermints offer a mellow, buttery mint flavor with a firm exterior that softens as it dissolves—typical of classic buttermint confections. Individual wrapping helps lock in freshness and prevents sticking. For best quality, store in a cool, dry place away from strong odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth, creamy buttermint flavor profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed wrappers preserve taste and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in cool, dry conditions to extend freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration required; avoid humidity and heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many mints are in a bag and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single 13-ounce bag contains roughly 100–110 individually wrapped mints, with a typical count of about 105 pieces. Packaging is resealable to maintain freshness after opening and convenient for repeated use. The novelty wrappers are printed with four different designs to keep presentation lively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBag weight: 13 ounces (net)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical count: ~105 individually wrapped mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag for ongoing freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour printed wrapper designs included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Candy Envy Money Buttermints suit event planners, small business owners, and hosts who want an inexpensive, hygienic, and visually engaging mint option. They’re also a good pick for couples assembling favor bags, companies looking for a playful countertop candy, or anyone organizing a money-themed celebration. If you need a simple, eye-catching mint that’s easy to hand out and keeps its flavor thanks to individual wrapping, this bag is designed for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints come in a 13 oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 13 oz bag contains approximately 100–110 individually wrapped mints, typically around 105 pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the buttermints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each mint is individually sealed in a novelty-printed wrapper to maintain freshness and simplify distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007100538963,"sku":"B01N17HFG8","price":55.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candyenvy-money-buttermints-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787255215"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-buttermints-mr-and-mrs-13-oz-bag-100-individually-wrapped-wedding-favors","title":"Candy Envy Buttermints - Mr. and Mrs. 13 oz Bag, ~100 Individually Wrapped Wedding Favors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Mr. and Mrs. Buttermints are a 13-ounce bag of approximately 100 individually wrapped, melt-in-your-mouth buttermints designed as charming wedding favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLight, buttery and mildly sweet, these small round buttermints offer a clean, classic finish that guests enjoy after dinner or tuck into favor boxes. Packaged by Candy Envy in a cheerful \"Mr. and Mrs.\" motif, the wrapped mints make assembling place settings, favor bags, or candy buffet mixes fast and attractive. The single-serving wrappers preserve freshness and make distribution simple at receptions, showers, or rehearsal dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many mints come in one 13 oz bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 13-ounce bag contains approximately 100 individually wrapped buttermints. Actual count can vary slightly due to manufacturing tolerances, but most bags hold about one hundred pieces—enough to cover medium-sized guest lists or multiple small favor packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: 100 individually wrapped mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 13 ounces (369 grams)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve wrappers maintain freshness until use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these buttermints a good choice for weddings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mellow buttery flavor and compact, individually wrapped format make them ideal as elegant, budget-friendly wedding favors. The \"Mr. and Mrs.\" design signals the occasion and pairs well with place cards, favor boxes, or a candy buffet without additional labeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic, unobtrusive flavor that suits many palates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-place individual wrappers speed up setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in small favor bags, jars, or on dessert tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I present or package these for a reception?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mints are versatile for a range of presentation styles: tuck several into organza pouches, scatter them in small glass bowls on a candy buffet, or include two to three per guest at each place setting. Their compact size also makes them simple to pair with name tags or ribbon-wrapped boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill small organza or muslin favor bags with 3–5 mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace in individual boxes with a ribbon and name tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse clear apothecary jars for a coordinated candy table display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the buttermints stay fresh once opened?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually wrapped mints keep flavor and texture well while the bag is closed; once opened, keep unused mints in a cool, dry place in a resealable container to preserve quality. For best taste, plan to use them within a few months after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed bag in a cool, dry area away from strong odors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTransfer to airtight container after opening for extended freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and humidity to prevent surface bloom or stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Couples planning a wedding, event planners, or anyone assembling celebration favors who wants a classic, low-effort sweet option. Candy Envy Mr. and Mrs. Buttermints suit receptions, rehearsal dinners, bridal showers, and anniversary parties for hosts seeking an affordable, crowd-pleasing treat that looks polished without extra preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each buttermint is individually wrapped for freshness and easy distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these as wedding favors for 100 guests?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One bag contains about 100 mints, so plan one per guest or buy extra for multi-piece favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007452893267,"sku":"B01HJ4FWE8","price":55.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-bag-mr-mrs.jpg?v=1787261796"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-baby-reveal-buttermints-13-oz-100-individually-wrapped-mints-team-blue-or-team-pink-soft-melt-in-your-mouth-texture","title":"Candy Envy Baby Reveal Buttermints 13 oz — 100 Individually Wrapped Mints, Team Blue or Team Pink, Soft Melt-In-Your-Mouth Texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Baby Reveal Buttermints are melt-in-your-mouth individually wrapped mints sold in a 13 oz bag with about 100 pieces, perfect for baby showers and gender reveal favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic buttermints—often called wedding or dinner mints—combine a smooth, buttery texture with a gentle sweetness and come individually wrapped for easy distribution. Offered in Team Blue and Team Pink colorways, they simplify party planning by providing a tasty, polished-looking treat that fits a gender-reveal theme, dessert table, or favor bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these buttermints fit into my baby shower or gender reveal setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped candies make setup quick and hygienic, whether you place them in glass jars, scatter them on dessert tables, or tuck them into favor boxes. Their uniform size and soft sheen give a cohesive, upscale look without extra decorating work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 100 mints per 13 oz bag—ample for medium gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for easy handing and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTeam Blue and Team Pink color options to match reveal themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in jars, candy buffet displays, favor bags, or table scatters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these buttermints taste and feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey have a classic, buttery mint profile that dissolves smoothly on the tongue rather than crunching like hard candies. The texture is soft and creamy, giving a refined finish that many guests appreciate after a savory meal or with coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild mint flavor with a buttery base for a delicate finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, melt-in-your-mouth texture—no hard biting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to preserve freshness and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these mints as favors or table treats?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re versatile: fill small organza bags, add a personalized sticker, or present them in glass apothecary jars labeled Team Blue and Team Pink. The packaging keeps each mint clean and easy for guests to grab, making them ideal for party favors, raffle prizes, or prize jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack into favor bags with tags or stickers for personal touches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace in clear jars with scoops to create a DIY candy buffet station\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as place-setting treats or in thank-you boxes for guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many guests will one bag serve, and how should I plan quantities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 13 oz bag contains approximately 100 individually wrapped buttermints; plan roughly 1–3 pieces per guest depending on how many other sweets you offer. For larger events or prominent candy displays, buy multiple bags to maintain full, attractive presentations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 mints per bag—estimate 1–3 mints per guest\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePurchase additional bags for candy bars or larger guest lists\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix Team Blue and Team Pink bags to match reveal or party decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Baby Reveal Buttermints are designed for hosts planning gender reveals, baby showers, and celebratory gatherings who want an affordable, elegant, and ready-to-serve confection. They suit event planners, parents-to-be, and anyone assembling favor bags or candy buffets who values individually wrapped convenience and a classic, melt-in-your-mouth mint option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e13 oz bag containing approximately 100 individually wrapped buttermints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso known as wedding mints, pillow mints, or dinner mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTeam Blue and Team Pink color choices to support gender reveal themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for baby showers, favor bags, candy buffets, and table settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustomer satisfaction promise: contact seller if unsatisfied for assistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in one 13 oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 13 oz bag contains approximately 100 individually wrapped buttermints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the mints individually wrapped for hygiene?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—every mint is individually wrapped to keep them fresh and easy to distribute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007452958803,"sku":"B01HJ4FWI4","price":55.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-package-baby-reveal.jpg?v=1787261801"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-thank-you-buttermints-13-oz-bag-100-individually-wrapped-mints-smooth-creamy-center","title":"Candy Envy Thank You Buttermints - 13 oz. Bag, ~100 Individually Wrapped Mints, Smooth Creamy Center","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Thank You Buttermints are individually wrapped, melt-in-your-mouth mint candies sold in a 13 oz. bag with about 100 'Thank You' wrappers — ideal for weddings, events, or candy dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThese classic buttermints combine a smooth, creamy center with a crisp sugary shell that dissolves on the tongue. Packaged by Candy Envy, each mint arrives wrapped in a cheerful \"Thank You\" printed film, making them ready to drop into favor boxes, place at reception tables, or keep on counters for spontaneous guests. They are part of the long-standing tradition of offering small, elegant confections—often called wedding or pillow mints—that add a polished finishing touch to celebrations.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these buttermints a good choice for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Envy's Thank You Buttermints are convenient, pre-wrapped, and visually uniform, which saves time during setup and creates a cohesive look across tables or favor bags. Their neutral flavor profile works well after meals without overpowering dessert menus, and the printed wrappers communicate appreciation to guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 individually wrapped pieces per 13 oz. bag for easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrinted \"Thank You\" wrappers eliminate the need for additional tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth center and crisp outer shell suitable for post-dinner serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging fits into favor boxes, bowls, or display jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve or display these mints for a wedding or party?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey work well in small glass jars, scattered along dessert tables, or placed at each place setting to double as a favor. Because each piece is wrapped, they stay hygienic and travel-ready—ideal for buffets or self-serve stations where guests help themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill clear apothecary jars for a classic reception display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace one or two at each plate setting as a take-home token\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in favor boxes or organza bags for easy distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep unopened bags on hand to quickly top up candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these buttermints suitable for everyday use or office settings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these mints are perfect for desks, waiting rooms, checkout counters, or reception areas where individually wrapped candies are preferred. Their neutral, non-perishable nature and attractive wrappers make them a practical and professional choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and single-hand dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact bag size for storage in drawers or cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle flavor appropriate for client-facing areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many mints will I actually get, and what should I expect from the packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 13 oz. bag contains roughly 100 individually wrapped buttermints; counts can vary slightly by weight and individual candy size. The wrappers feature a printed \"Thank You\" message and the bag seals to preserve freshness until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: 100 mints per 13 oz. bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach candy individually wrapped with a printed message\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable or heat-sealed packaging depending on production batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry area to maintain texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for\n\nCandy Envy Thank You Buttermints suit hosts planning weddings, showers, corporate events, or open houses who want an elegant, ready-to-use favor. They also fit small business lobbies, hospitality counters, and anyone who likes having a neat, universally appealing mint on hand for visitors. If you want a simple, hygienic, and attractively wrapped sweet that communicates appreciation without extra crafting, these buttermints deliver convenience and a classic finish.\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints come in one 13 oz. bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 13 oz. bag contains approximately 100 individually wrapped buttermints; counts may vary slightly by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the wrappers printed and ready for events?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each mint is individually wrapped with a printed \"Thank You\" wrapper, ready to use for favors or displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007452991571,"sku":"B01HJ4FWIY","price":55.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-front-packaging_1157e9eb-1272-42ff-a005-9368bc90c30c.jpg?v=1787261796"},{"product_id":"candy-envy-pink-wrapped-buttermints-13-oz-bag-100-individually-wrapped-dinner-mints-resealable","title":"Candy Envy Pink Wrapped Buttermints 13 oz. Bag — ~100 Individually Wrapped Dinner Mints, Resealable","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Envy Pink Wrapped Buttermints are smooth, melt-in-your-mouth dinner mints sold in a 13 oz. bag with about 100 individually wrapped pink-wrapped pieces—ideal for events, candy dishes, and favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic buttermints combine a creamy texture with a delicate sweetness and come individually wrapped in eye-catching pink foil. Often called wedding mints, pillow mints, or dinner mints, these bite-size candies are designed to dissolve pleasantly on the tongue and to keep fresh thanks to the single wrapping. The 13-ounce bag contains approximately 100 pieces, making it an easy grab-and-go option for party planners, hosts, and anyone who likes a tidy mint supply at home or work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these buttermints packaged and how many will I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mints are packed in a resealable 13 oz. bag with each piece sealed in a pink wrapper to preserve freshness and simplify distribution. The bag yields roughly 100 individually wrapped mints, so you can portion them out for favors, place settings, or candy stations without extra handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13-ounce resealable bag for easy storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 individually pink-wrapped mints per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping extends shelf life and keeps mints sanitary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these mints taste and feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are classic buttermints with a smooth, buttery center and a clean, sweet finish. They’re formulated to soften and dissolve pleasantly rather than crunch, providing a refined mint experience suitable after meals or with coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft, melt-in-your-mouth texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet, mild buttered flavor with a mint undertone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-crunchy consistency makes them comfortable to enjoy anytime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them for weddings, parties, or corporate events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these mints are commonly used as wedding mints or party favors because of their neat individual wrapping and classic look. The pink wrappers add a touch of coordinated color for gender reveals, bridal showers, baby showers, birthdays, and themed events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for place settings, favor bags, or candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePink wrappers help match color schemes without extra wrapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 pieces make planning counts straightforward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them and what should I expect about freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the resealable bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. Because each mint is individually wrapped, they resist humidity and contamination better than loose candy, and the bag’s resealable closure helps retain freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResealable bag reduces exposure to air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces stay clean for table use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Candy Envy Pink Wrapped Buttermints are ideal for event planners, brides and grooms, hosts, office managers, and anyone who wants a tidy, attractive supply of classic mints. If you need individually wrapped candies for favors, front-of-house hospitality, or simply a neat candy dish at home, this 13 oz. bag offers an accessible pack size with about 100 pieces and a pleasant, melt-in-your-mouth experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLIQUID SUGAR (SUGAR, WATER), INVERT SUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS LESS THAN 2% OF THE FOLLOWING: PALM OIL*, SORBITOL, BUTTER* ((PASTEURIZED CREAM MILK, CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, ANTIOXIDANT (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) AND SOY LECITHIN)), SALT, PEPPERMINT OIL, SOY LECITHIN*, TBHQ (ANTIOXIDANT), SODIUM BENZOATE (PRESERVATIVE) *ADDS TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF FAT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in the 13 oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 100 individually wrapped pink buttermints are included in the 13 oz bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints suitable for weddings and favors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the pink individual wrappers make them ideal for wedding place settings, favor bags, and candy buffets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Candy Envy","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007453024339,"sku":"B01HJ4FWUC","price":55.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/candy-envy-pink-wrapped-bag-front.jpg?v=1787261797"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/brand-candy-envy.oembed?page=2","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}